Garmin | G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 | Garmin G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100

Garmin G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
G1000
®
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
®
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
www.garmin.com
Quest KODIAK 100
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
190-00590-05
Revision A
Quest KODIAK 100
Untitled-1 1
11/13/2007 9:15:37 AM
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2006-2012 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0552.13 or later for the Quest KODIAK 100. Some differences in
operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411Fax: 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd., Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please
contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Website Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® and G1000® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express
permission of Garmin.
Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen,
Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; Avidyne® and TCAD® are registered trademarks of Avidyne Corporation;
and XM® is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio, Inc.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related documentation, even if
AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related to any actual
or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
January 2012
Printed in the U.S.A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
Within the warranty period, Garmin will, at its sole discretion, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or
replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and/or labor incidental to the direct repair of said product. Garmin may,
at its discretion with prior approval, reimburse an authorized Garmin Service Center for associated labor costs incurred for removal and
replacement of the panel mount product installed in an aircraft. The customer shall be responsible for any transportation or other cost. This
warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product
damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or
other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider
of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin
reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any
country.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM
STATE TO STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply in every case.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the product or offer a full
refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF
WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating the nearest Service Center, call
Garmin Customer Service at one of the numbers listed below.
Products sold through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage or rebates or other special offers from Garmin. Online auction
confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original
retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
Garmin International Inc.
1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062
Telephone:
(913)397-8200
Telephone Toll Free:
(888)606-5482
Facsimile:
(913)397-8282
Facsimile Toll Free:
(800)801-4670
E-mail: orders@garmin.com
avionics@garmin.com
warranty@garmin.com
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Southampton, SO40
9RB, UK
Telephone:
++44 (0) 870-8501243
Telephone Toll Free:
++44 (0) 0808 238 0000
(option 5)
Facsimile:
++44 (0) 238052004
E-mail: avionics.europe@garmin.com
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
i
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance
feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from
third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and
could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic.
Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting
traffic.
WARNING: Use of the Stormscope is not intended for hazardous weather penetration (thunderstorm
penetration). Stormscope information, as displayed on the G1000 MFD, is to be used only for weather
avoidance, not penetration.
WARNING: Do not use datalink weather products (e.g., XM WX Satellite Weather, GFDS World Wide Weather,
or FIS-B) for hazardous weather penetration. Weather information provided by these products is aged by up
to several minutes and may not depict actual weather conditions as they currently appear.
WARNING: NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long-range planning purposes only. Due to inherent
delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data, NEXRAD weather data should not be used for
short-range weather avoidance.
WARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
ii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in this aircraft, has a very high degree of functional integrity.
However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all conceivable
system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur
without a fault indication shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such
an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the
cockpit.
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can be
misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000
Pilot’s Guide documentation and the G1000 Integrated Avionics System in the Quest KODIAK 100 Airplane
Flight Manual. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, carefully
compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources, including the information from
other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before
continuing navigation.
WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate
a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Aeronautical Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.”
WARNING: Lamp(s) inside this product may contain mercury (HG) and must be recycled or disposed of
according to local, state, or federal laws. For more information, refer to our website at www.garmin.com/
aboutGarmin/environment/disposal.jsp.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the G1000 within the following
areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes; South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude
75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W.
(Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia);
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand)
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a
system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
iii
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
CAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very
sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE
ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an
eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms
that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more
discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after
the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the G1000 panel and
displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
iv
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revision
Part Number
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
Revision
1
A
B
C
Date
3/13/06
3/21/07
4/3/07
6/22/07
Page Range
All
All
All
All
190-00590-01
A
10/13/08
All
Added GDU 8.20 parameters including gradient PFD
Added WAAS
Revised Flight Instruments/Annunciations
Added Weight Planning Page
Rewrote GPS Nav section to become Flight Management section
Added FliteCharts, ChartView, and SafeTaxi
Corrected various clerical errors
Changes for new book format
Added GDU 9.03 changes
Added SVS
190-00590-02
A
7/31/09
All
Added GDU 9.1x changes
Added GDU 10.00 changes
Corrected various clerical errors
190-00590-03
A
5/7/10
All
Added TKS Ice Protection Indications
Updated wind options
Enabled groundspeed and current track line on PFD
190-00590-04
A
11/5/10
All
Updated Ice Protection display on the Engne System Page
Updated CAS messages
190-00590-05
A
1/6/12
All
Added GWX 68
Added GTS 800
Updated CAS messages
- Remove Bleed Air On and Aux Bus On advisory annunciations
- Add AIR COND INH annunciation
Added Dynamic reference approach speed (green circle)
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Description
Initial release
Production Release
Added Print Specification Reference to Cover Sheet
Revised AMPS Engine Gauge
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units............................................ 2
G1000 Controls......................................................... 6
PFD/MFD Controls......................................................... 6
Controls Associated With the MFD.................................. 8
Audio Panel Controls..................................................... 9
Secure Digital (SD) Cards...................................... 11
System Power-Up................................................... 12
System Operation................................................... 13
Normal Display Operation............................................ 13
Reversionary Mode...................................................... 13
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 14
G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 16
Softkey Function.......................................................... 17
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 23
Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 28
Menus........................................................................ 28
Data Entry.................................................................. 28
MFD Page Groups........................................................ 29
System Setup and Status.............................................. 33
Display Backlighting.............................................. 46
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 50
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 50
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 52
Altimeter.................................................................... 53
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 57
Vertical Deviation........................................................ 57
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 58
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 63
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 71
Temperature Displays................................................... 71
Wind Data.................................................................. 72
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications............................ 73
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 74
System Alerting........................................................... 74
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 75
Traffic Annunciation..................................................... 76
TAWS Annunciations.................................................... 77
Altitude Alerting.......................................................... 78
vi
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 78
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 79
2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 80
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 80
Unusual Attitudes........................................................ 81
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
3.1 Engine Display........................................................ 86
3.2 System Display....................................................... 88
3.3 Fuel Display............................................................. 90
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview................................................................. 93
MFD/PFD Controls and Frequency Display...................... 94
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 96
COM Operation....................................................... 98
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation...................... 98
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................... 99
Quick-tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz................... 100
Auto-tuning the COM Frequency................................. 101
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 105
Automatic Squelch..................................................... 106
Volume..................................................................... 106
NAV Operation...................................................... 107
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 107
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning...................................... 108
Auto-tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD................ 110
Auto-tuning NAV Frequencies on Approach Activation.. 114
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 115
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder............................... 116
Transponder Controls................................................. 116
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 117
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 120
IDENT Function......................................................... 121
Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 122
Power-up.................................................................. 122
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 122
Speaker.................................................................... 122
Intercom................................................................... 123
Passenger Address (PA) System................................... 125
Simultaneous COM Operation..................................... 125
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 126
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 127
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.6 Audio Panels Preflight Procedure....................... 128
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 130
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 130
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 130
PFD Failure, Dual System............................................ 131
Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation.................................. 132
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 132
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Introduction.......................................................... 133
Navigation Status Box................................................ 134
Using Map Displays.............................................. 136
Map Orientation........................................................ 136
Map Range............................................................... 138
Map Panning............................................................. 140
Measuring Bearing and Distance................................. 144
Topography............................................................... 145
Map Symbols............................................................ 148
Airways.................................................................... 154
Track Vector.............................................................. 156
Wind Vector.............................................................. 157
Nav Range Ring........................................................ 158
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 159
Field of View (SVS)..................................................... 160
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc.................................... 161
Waypoints.............................................................. 162
Airports.................................................................... 163
Intersections............................................................. 170
NDBs........................................................................ 172
VORs........................................................................ 174
User Waypoints......................................................... 176
Airspaces............................................................... 182
Direct-to-Navigation ........................................... 186
Flight Planning...................................................... 191
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 192
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................. 197
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 199
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 201
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 208
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 210
Along Track Offsets.................................................... 213
Parallel Track............................................................. 215
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 218
Inverting a Flight Plan................................................ 219
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 220
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 222
5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 223
Altitude Constraints................................................... 225
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 229
Departures................................................................ 229
Arrivals .................................................................... 232
Approaches .............................................................. 234
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 240
Trip Planning............................................................. 240
Weight Planning........................................................ 244
Weight Caution And Warning Conditions..................... 246
5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 247
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 250
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 278
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
XM WX Satellite Weather.................................... 282
Activating Services..................................................... 282
Using XM WX Satellite Weather Products..................... 283
Airborne Color Weather Radar........................... 312
System Description.................................................... 312
Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar................ 312
Safe Operating Distance............................................. 317
Basic Antenna Tilt Setup............................................. 317
Weather Mapping and Interpretation.......................... 319
Ground Mapping and Interpretation............................ 331
System Status............................................................ 332
WX-500 Stormscope............................................ 333
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 333
Selecting the Stormscope Page................................... 337
TAWS-B.................................................................. 338
TAWS-B Page............................................................ 342
TAWS-B Alerts........................................................... 344
System Status............................................................ 350
Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 352
Displaying Traffic Data............................................... 353
Traffic Map Page........................................................ 355
TIS Alerts.................................................................. 356
System Status............................................................ 357
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.6 Garmin GTS 800 Traffic........................................ 360
Theory of Operation................................................... 360
TAS Alerts................................................................. 362
System Test............................................................... 363
Operation................................................................. 364
System Status............................................................ 371
6.7 SKY497 Traffic....................................................... 372
TAS Symbology.......................................................... 372
Operation................................................................. 373
Altitude Display......................................................... 376
Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 376
TAS Alerts................................................................. 378
System Status............................................................ 378
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 S-TEC Fifty Five X Autopilot (Optional)............. 381
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
viii
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Synthetic Vision System (SVS)............................ 384
SVS Operation........................................................... 385
SVS Features............................................................. 387
Field of View............................................................. 395
SafeTaxi................................................................. 397
SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision........................... 400
ChartView.............................................................. 403
ChartView Softkeys.................................................... 403
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 404
Chart Options............................................................ 412
Day/Night View......................................................... 418
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 420
FliteCharts............................................................. 423
FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 423
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 424
Chart Options............................................................ 431
Day/Night View......................................................... 435
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 437
AOPA Airport Directory........................................ 440
AOPA Database Cycle Number and Revision................ 441
SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Optional)................... 443
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services................. 443
Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio.................................... 444
Scheduler............................................................... 448
8.8 Electronic Checklists............................................ 450
8.9 Flight Data Logging............................................. 453
8.10 Auxiliary Video...................................................... 455
Video Setup.............................................................. 456
Display Selection....................................................... 456
Input Selection.......................................................... 458
Zoom/Range............................................................. 458
8.11 Abnormal Operation............................................ 459
SVS Troubleshooting.................................................. 459
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 459
Unusual Attitudes...................................................... 460
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 463
Alert Level Definitions................................................ 464
Aircraft Alerts............................................................ 465
Comparator Annunciations......................................... 468
G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 470
G1000 System Message Advisories.............................. 472
TAWS-B ALERTS......................................................... 483
TAWS-B System Status Annunciations.......................... 484
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................ 485
Database Management................................................. 487
Jeppesen Databases................................................... 487
Garmin Databases..................................................... 491
Glossary........................................................................... 497
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 505
General TIS Information................................................ 509
Introduction.............................................................. 509
TIS vs. TAS/TCAS........................................................ 509
TIS Limitations.......................................................... 509
Map Symbols.................................................................. 511
INDEX
Index .................................................................................I-1
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section is designed to provide an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck installed in the Quest
KODIAK 100. The G1000 is an integrated flight deck system that presents flight instrumentation, position,
navigation, communication, and identification information to the pilot using flat-panel color displays. The
system is distributed across the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GDL 69A Data Link Receiver (Optional)
• GDC 74A Air Data Computer (ADC)
• GWX 68 Weather Radar (Optional)
• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit
• GTS 800 Traffic Avoidance System (Optional)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (IAU)
EIS
• GDU 1040 Primary Flight Display (PFD)/Multi • GTX 33 Mode S Transponder
Function Display (MFD)
• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System
• GMA 1347 Audio Panel with Integrated Marker
(AHRS)
Beacon Receiver
• GMU 44 Magnetometer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A top-level G1000 system block digram is shown in figure 1-1.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDU 1040 (3) – The GDU 1040 is configured as two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and one Multi Function
Display (MFD). The displays communicate with each other through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) Ethernet
connection. Each display is also paired with an Ethernet connection to an IAU.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GMA 1347 (2) – The Audio Panel integrates navigation/communication radio (NAV/COM) digital audio,
intercom, and marker beacon controls, and is installed between the displays. This unit also provides manual
control of display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP Button; see Section 1.5, System Operation) and
communicates with both IAUs using an RS-232 digital interface.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GIA 63W (2) – The Integrated Avionics Units (IAU) function as the main communications hub, linking all
LRUs with the PFD. Each IAU contains VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers and system integration microprocessors
and is paired with the on-side display via a HSDB connection. The IAUs are not paired together and do not
communicate with each other directly.
2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GDC 74A (2) – The Air Data Computer (ADC) processes data from the pitot/static system and outside air
temperature (OAT) sensor. The ADC provides pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed, and OAT information
to the G1000 System, and it communicates with the primary IAU, displays, and AHRS using an ARINC 429
digital interface.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
• GEA 71 (1) – The Engine Airframe Unit receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors.
This unit communicates with both IAUs using an RS-485 digital interface.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GTX 33 (1) – The solid-state Transponder provides Modes A, C, and S capability and communicates with both
IAUs through an RS-232 digital interface.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GRS 77 (2) – The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) provides aircraft attitude and heading
information via ARINC 429 to both the PFD and the primary IAU. The AHRS contains advanced sensors
(including accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the Magnetometer to obtain magnetic field
information, with the ADC to obtain air data, and with both IAUs to obtain GPS information. AHRS operation
is discussed in Section 1.5, System Operation.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GMU 44 (2) – The Magnetometer measures local magnetic field and sends data to the AHRS for processing to
determine aircraft magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the AHRS and communicates with
it via an RS-485 digital interface.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• GDL 69A (1) – The Data Link Satellite Radio Receiver provides real-time weather information to the G1000
MFD and PFD Inset Map, as well as digital audio entertainment. The Data Link Receiver communicates with
the MFD via a HSDB connection. A subscription to XM Satellite Radio Service is required to enable the
GDL 69A capability.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GWX 68 (1)(optional) – Provides airborne weather and ground mapped radar data to the MFD via HSDB
connection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GTS 800 – The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode C
transponders to provide Traffic Advisories to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system.
4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
PFD #1
GMA 1347
Audio Panel #1
GDU 1040
MFD
GMA 1347
Audio Panel #2
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GDU 1040
GDU 1040
PFD #2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GDL 69A
Air
Airborne
Weather
and Ground Mapped
Radar Data
(optional)
Real-time Weather
and Digital Audio
Entertainment
(optional)
Data Link
Integrated Avionics Unit
GDC 74A #1
GD
GDC 74A #2
Air Data
Computer
Air Data
Computer
OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
V
Vertical
Speed
OAT
Airspeed
Altitude
ed
Vertical Speed
GRS 77 #1
G
AHRS
GRS 77 #2
AHRS
Attitude
R
Rate of Turn
Slip/Skid
Attitude
Rate of Turn
Slip/Skid
GMU 44 #1
G
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS Output
Integrated Avionics Unit
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Integration Processors
I/O Processors
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS
Glideslope
GIA 63W #2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
GIA 63W #1
EIS
GWX 68
Weather Radar
We
GPS Output
GMU 44 #2
Magnetometer
M
Magnetometer
Heading
Heading
AFCS
GTX 33
Transponder
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GEA 71
Engine/
Airframe Unit
APPENDICES
L-3 WX-500
Stormscope
Lightning Sensor
(optional)
GTS 800
Traffic Advisory
System
(optional)
L-3 Skywatch
SKY497
Traffic
Advisory System
(optional)
INDEX
Figure 1-1 Basic G1000 System Block Diagram
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.3 G1000 CONTROLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347) is described in the CNS & Audio Panel section.
The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels and the audio panel. The controls for the
PFD and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.
PFD/MFD CONTROLS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
1
10
13
11
14
12
15
16
AFCS
18
17
Figure 1-2 PFD/MFD Controls
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The NAV, CRS/BARO, COM, FMS, and ALT Knobs are concentric dual knobs, each having small (inner)
and large (outer) control portion. When a portion of the knob is not specified in the text, either may be used.
APPENDICES
Large (Outer)
Knob
Small (Inner)
Knob
INDEX
Figure 1-3 Dual Concentric Knob
6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
NAV VOL/ID Knob Turn to control NAV audio volume (shown in the NAV Frequency Box as a
percentage)
NAV Frequency
Transfer Key
3 NAV Knob
Heading Knob
Press to toggle light blue tuning box between NAV1 and NAV2
Turn to manually select a heading
Joystick
Press to display a digital heading momentarily to the left of the HSI and synchronize
the Selected Heading to the and current heading
Turn to change map range
CRS/BARO Knob
Press to activate Map Pointer for map panning
Turn large knob for altimeter barometric pressure setting
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
6
Turn to tune NAV receiver standby frequencies (large knob for MHz; small for kHz)
EIS
5
Press to toggle Morse code identifier audio ON/OFF
Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2
4
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
Turn small knob to adjust course (only when HSI is in VOR or OBS Mode)
COM Knob
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
Press to re-center the CDI and return course pointer directly TO bearing of active
waypoint/station
Turn to tune COM transceiver standby frequencies (large knob for MHz; small for
kHz)
8
COM Frequency
Transfer Key
(EMERG)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press to toggle light blue tuning box between COM1 and COM2
The selected COM (green) is controlled with the COM MIC Key (Audio Panel).
Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies
11
FPL Key
12
CLR Key
(DFLT MAP)
13
MENU Key
14
PROC Key
Press and hold to display the MFD Navigation Map Page (MFD only).
Displays a context-sensitive list of options for accessing additional features or making
setting changes
Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs), and
approach procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan or selected airport
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Erases information, cancels entries, or removes menus
APPENDICES
Direct-to Key (
Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON/OFF
) Activates the direct-to function and allows the user to enter a destination waypoint
and establish a direct course to the selected destination (specified by identifier,
chosen from the active route)
Displays flight plan information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10
AFCS
Press and hold two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz)
automatically into the active frequency field
9 COM VOL/SQ Knob Turn to control COM audio volume level (shown as a percentage in the COM
Frequency Box)
7
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
15
ENT Key
Validates/confirms menu selection or data entry
16
FMS Knob
Press to turn the selection cursor ON/OFF.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Flight Management Data Entry: With cursor ON, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large
knob moves cursor location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor
System Knob)
location)
EIS
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar
appears, indicating more items to view. With cursor ON, turn large knob to scroll
through the list.
17
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Softkey Selection
Keys
18 ALT Knob
Page Selection: Turn knob on MFD to select the page to view (large knob selects a
page group; small knob selects a specific page from the group)
Press to select softkey shown above the bezel key on the PFD/MFD display
Sets the Selected Altitude, shown above the Altimeter (the large knob selects the
thousands, the small knob selects the hundreds)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CONTROLS ASSOCIATED WITH THE MFD
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The controls for the MFD are located on the MFD bezel. The bottom portion of the MFD bezel features 12
softkeys that are designed to perform various functions depending upon the specific page being displayed.
These softkeys are discussed throughout the Pilot’s Guide documentation.
8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
3
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
17
20
21
22
23
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
19
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
18
24
Figure 1-4 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347)
AFCS
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
2
APPENDICES
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
9
6
COM3 – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
7
COM 1/2 – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
8
TEL – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
9
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
10
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knob
to illuminate SQ. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.4 SECURE DIGITAL (SD) CARDS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Ensure the G1000 System is powered off before inserting an SD card.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix B for instructions on updating the aviation databases.
EIS
The PFD and MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the upper right side of the
display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for aviation database
and system software updates as well as terrain database storage. Also, flight plans may be imported or exported
from an SD card in the MFD.
Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft
manufacturer.
Installing an SD card:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
1) Insert the SD card in the SD card slot (the front of the card should be flush with the face of the display bezel).
2) To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SD Card Slots
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-5 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.5 SYSTEM POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: See the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for system-specific annunciations and alerts.
EIS
The G1000 System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G1000 PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs, and outputs to provide safe operation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-2. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within the first minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also
become momentarily illuminated on the Audio Panel and the display bezels.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays “AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level”. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within the first minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself
both while taxiing and during level flight.
When the MFD powers up, the splash screen (Figure 1-5) displays the following information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Copyright
• Land database name and version
• Safe Taxi database name and effective dates
• Terrain database name and version
• Airport Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and effective dates
• Navigation database name and effective dates
• Airport Directory name and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
AFCS
Current database information includes valid operating dates, cycle number, and database type. When this
information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to
continue.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the ENT Key (or right-most softkey) acknowledges this information, and the Weight Planning Page is
displayed. When the system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites to determine a position, the aircraft’s
current position is shown on the Navigation Map Page.
Figure 1-6 PFD Initialization
12
Figure 1-7 MFD Power-Up Splash Screen
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.6 SYSTEM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it
can be adjusted from the remaining display.
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus for high-speed communication. Each IAU is
connected to the on-side display. This section discusses normal and reversionary G1000 display operation, as
well as the various AHRS modes and G1000 System Annunciations.
EIS
NORMAL DISPLAY OPERATION
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed,
altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section
for more information).
The MFD normally displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see the Flight Management
Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS; see the EIS
Section).
Multi-Function Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Primary Flight Display #1
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
Primary Flight Display #2
Figure 1-8 G1000 Normal Display Operation
AFCS
REVERSIONARY MODE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The G1000 system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to the Appendices
for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
APPENDICES
Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is presented identically
on at least one of the remaining displays (see Figure 1-10). Transition to reversionary mode should be
straightforward for the pilot, for flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Reversionary mode can be activated manually by pressing the dedicated DISPLAY BACKUP Button at the
bottom of the audio panel (see Figure 1-11 and refer to the Audio Panel section for further details). Pressing
this button again deactivates reversionary mode.
13
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Primary Flight Display #1
Multi-Function Display
Primary Flight Display #2
EIS
Figure 1-9 G1000 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD #1)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP
Button activates/deactivates
reversionary mode for both the
on-side PFD and the MFD.
Figure 1-10 DISPLAY BACKUP Button
Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• PFD1 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the left audio panel.
• MFD – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the left or the right audio panel.
• PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the right audio panel.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Should the connection between a PFD and the on-side GIA 63W become inoperative, the on-side GIA 63W
can no longer communicate with the remaining PFD (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV and COM
functions provided to the failed PFD by the on-side GIA 63W are flagged as invalid (red “X”) on the remaining
PFD (see Figure 1-12).
Figure 1-11 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AHRS OPERATION
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific AHRS alert information.
APPENDICES
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.
INDEX
In addition to using internal sensors, the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air
data to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic
field measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air
data information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available (see Figure 1-14)
and depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor
inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts.
14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
available
unavailable
available
unavailable
unavailable
available
available
available
le
ab
ail
av
Attitude/Heading Invalid
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AHRS
no-GPS
Mode
un
AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/
Mag Mode
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Air Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Air Data
AHRS Normal
Operation
Magnetometer Data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
Magnetometer Data
EIS
unavailable
GPS Data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The AHRS (GRS 77) corrects for shifts and variations in the Earth’s magnetic field by applying the Magnetic
Field Variation Database. The Magnetic Field Variation Database is derived from the International Geomagnetic
Reference Field (IGRF). The IGRF is a mathematical model that describes the Earth’s main magnetic field
and its annual rate of change. The database is updated approximately every 5 years. See the Appendices for
information on updating the Magnetic Field Variation Database. The system will prompt you on startup when
an update is available. Failure to update this database could lead to erroneous heading information being
displayed to the pilot.
AFCS
Figure 1-12 AHRS Operation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS INPUT FAILURE
APPENDICES
The G1000 system provides two sources of GPS information. If a single GPS receiver fails, or if the
information provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable, the AHRS seamlessly transitions to using
the other GPS receiver. An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path. If both
GPS inputs fail, the AHRS continues to operate in reversionary No-GPS mode so long as the air data and
magnetometer inputs are available and valid.
AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE
INDEX
A failure of the air data input has no effect on AHRS output while AHRS is operating in normal mode. A
failure of the air data input while the AHRS is operating in reversionary No-GPS mode results in invalid
attitude and heading information on the PFD (as indicated by red “X” flags).
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
15
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
MAGNETOMETER FAILURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer modes
and continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading output
on the PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “X”).
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Aircraft
EIS
Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed over the instrument experiencing
failed data (Figure 1-10 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
instruments remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All instruments should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any instrument remains flagged, the G1000 should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized
repair facility.
GIA 63W
GIA 63W
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GRS 77 or GMU 44
GEA 71
or
GIA 63W
GDC 74A
AFCS
GIA 63W
Figure 1-13 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GDC 74A
GTX 33 or GIA 63W
GIA 63W
16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When
a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned
off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.
Softkey On
Softkey Names (displayed)
Bezel-Mounted Softkeys (press)
EIS
Figure 1-14 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
PFD SOFTKEYS
The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and ALERTS Softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text
on gray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected. If
messages remain after acknowledgement, the ALERTS Softkey is black on white.
INSET
Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner
Removes Inset Map
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
Displays traffic information on Inset Map
TRAFFIC: No Traffic displayed on Inset Map
TRFC-1: Traffic displayed on Inset Map
TRFC-2: Traffic Only display shown
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on
Inset Map
TOPO
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Displays terrain information on Inset Map
Displays Stormscope information on Inset Map (optional)
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage on Inset Map (optional)
Displays XM lightning information on Inset Map (optional)
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (optional)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
TERRAIN
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
XM LTNG
METAR
APPENDICES
TRAFFIC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displays icon and age on the Inset Map for the selected weather products (optional)
AFCS
WX LGND
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
OFF
DCLTR (3)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be pressed to return to
the previous level. The ALERTS Softkey is visible in all softkey levels. For the top level softkeys and the
transponder (XPDR) levels, the IDENT Softkey remains visible.
17
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SENSOR
ADC1
ADC2
AHRS1
AHRS2
PFD
SYN VIS
Displays softkeys for selecting the #1 and #2 AHRS and Air Data Computers
Selects the #1 Air Data Computer
Selects the #2 Air Data Computer
Selects the #1 AHRS
Selects the #2 AHRS
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations
Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision features
PATHWAY
SYN TERR
Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the
active flight plan
Enables synthetic terrain depiction
HRZN HDG
Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line
APTSIGNS
Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers are displayed when the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to standard
DFLTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WIND
OPTN 1
OPTN 2
OPTN 3
OFF
BRG1
HSI FRMT
ALT UNIT
METERS
IN
HPA
Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
STD BARO
APPENDICES
OBS
CDI
XPDR
STBY
ON
ALT
INDEX
Displays the softkeys for selecting the two HSI formats
Displays HSI as a 360° compass rose
Displays HSI as a 140° viewable arc
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS waypoint identifier and
GPS-derived distance information
Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to metric units
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury
360 HSI
ARC HSI
BRG2
18
Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters
Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed components
Wind direction arrow with numeric headwind/tailwind and crosswind speeds
Wind direction arrow with numeric direction and speed
Information not displayed
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1 or GPS/ waypoint identifier and
GPS-derived distance information.
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if metric units are selected)
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with active leg)
Cycles through GPS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the CDI
Displays transponder mode selection softkeys
Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations)
Selects Mode A (transponder replies to interrogations)
Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to identification and
altitude interrogations)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VFR
CODE
0—7
BKSP
IDENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
TMR/REF
NRST
ALERTS
EIS
IDENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Manually selects Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C
replies, but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S
interrogations
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)
Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7
Use numbers to enter code
Removes numbers entered, one at a time
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen
Displays Timer/References Window
Displays Nearest Airports Window
Displays Alerts Window
GND
ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-15 Top Level PFD Softkeys
AFCS
ALERTS
(optional)
STRMSCP
(optional)
(optional)
METAR
ALERTS
APPENDICES
TRFC-1
(optional)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
(optional)
WX LGND
Select the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys.
TRFC-2
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 1-16 INSET Softkeys
19
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ALERTS
ADC1
ADC2
AHRS1
BACK
AHRS2
ALERTS
Select the BACK Softkey to
return to the top level softkeys.
EIS
Figure 1-17 SENSOR Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALERTS
SYN VIS
HSI FRMT
ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ALT UNIT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys
METERS
AFCS
360 HSI
IN
HPA
ARC HSI
ALERTS
ALERTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALERTS
PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
ALERTS
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 1-18 PFD Configuration Softkeys
20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ALERTS
Select the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
ALERTS
Select the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous level softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
Figure 1-19 XPDR Softkeys
MFD SOFTKEYS
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AFCS
Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map (optional)
Displays METAR information on Navigation Map (optional)
Returns to top-level softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
XM LTNG
METAR
BACK
TERRAIN
AIRWAYS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
Enables second-level Engine Indication System softkeys
Displays oil,electrical, and fuel sliders
Displays ice protection quantity slider and oil/electrical digital values
Displays fuel system quantities and calculations
Decreases calculated fuel remaining by 10 lbs for each softkey press
Increases calculated fuel remaining by 10 lbs for each softkey press
Resets calculated fuel remaining to default value
Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys
Displays traffic information on Navigation Map
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale
on Navigation Map
Displays terrain information on Navigation Map
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed
AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed
AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed
AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed
(Default label is dependent on map setup option selected)
Displays Stormscope information on Navigation Map (optional)
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Navigation Map (optional)
ENGINE
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
DEC FUEL
INC FUEL
RST FUEL
MAP
TRAFFIC
TOPO
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
When available, displays airport and terminal procedure charts
When available, displays checklists
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
DCLTR (3)
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
ENGINE
DCLTR
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
EIS
MAP
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DCLTR-1
DCLTR-2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DCLTR-3
TOPO
TRAFFIC
TERRAIN
AIRWAYS
(optional) (optional)
STRMSCP NEXRAD
(optional)
XM LTNG
Select the BACK Softkey
on this level to return to
the top softkey level.
(optional)
METAR
BACK
AIRWY ON
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AIRWY LO
AIRWAY HI
SYSTEM
FUEL
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
ENGINE
DEC FUEL
INC FUEL
RST FUEL
BACK
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 1-20 MFD Softkeys
22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS RECEIVER OPERATION
Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
GPS1 provides information to the pilot-side PFD and GPS2 provides data to the copilot-side PFD. Internal
system checking is performed to ensure both GPS receivers are providing accurate data to the PFDs. In some
circumstances, both GPS receivers may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better
GPS solution than the other receiver. In this case the GPS receiver producing the better solution is automatically
coupled to both PFDs. “BOTH ON GPS 1” or “BOTH ON GPS 2” is displayed in the Reversionary Sensor
Window (see Appendix A) indicating which GPS receiver is being used. Both GPS receivers are still functioning
properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular time.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or one of the GPS receivers has not yet acquired an SBAS signal. While
the aircraft is on the ground, the SBAS signal may be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to
have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while airborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS
receivers temporarily losing the SBAS signal.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD.
If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.
Viewing GPS receiver status information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Use the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on navigating MFD
page groups).
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page.
Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page.
AFCS
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:
a) Press the desired GPS Softkey.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
23
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
GPS Receiver
Status
RAIM
Availability
Prediction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Satellite Signal
Information Status
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
SBAS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
GPS Selection
Softkeys
RAIM Softkey
Selected
SBAS Softkey
Selected
Figure 1-22 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GPS Status Page provides the following information:
• Satellite constellation diagram
Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is
always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
AFCS
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
• Satellite signal information status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution
of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a
circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
INDEX
APPENDICES
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
• GPS receiver status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active
GPS receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is
in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data
(collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be
in view. ACQUIRING is indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired
for computing a solution.
EIS
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D differential GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as the
solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS
indicates ACTIVE.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
• RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is selected)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended
approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to
calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0
nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of
flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
AFCS
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by
the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available
when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
APPENDICES
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer
to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000.
INDEX
Or:
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
a) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
b) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, or AIRWAY waypoints, if required.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The G1000 automatically fills in the identifier,
facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
d) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
Predicting RAIM availability at present position
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
AFCS
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is selected)
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the SBAS coverage area, it may
be desireable to disable SBAS (although it is not recommended). When disabled, the SBAS field in the GPS
Status box indicates DISABLED.
Disabling SBAS
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
EIS
4) Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘EGNOS’ or ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’, as necessary.
5) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
6) Repeat steps 4 & 5 as necessary, then press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite
coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayed
for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for SBAS) below each
bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
AFCS
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.7 ACCESSING G1000 FUNCTIONALITY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MENUS
EIS
The G1000 has a dedicated MENU Key that when pressed displays a context-sensitive list of options. This
options list allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to
the currently displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to
additional submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’
when there are no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all
window/page group operations are described in Section 1.6, G1000 Controls. Softkey presses do not display
menus or submenus.
Navigating a menu:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the menu.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar always appears to the right of the
window/box when the option list is longer than the window/box).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
4) Press the CLR Key or FMS Knob to remove the menu and cancel the operation.
Options for FPL Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Options for
NRST Window
AFCS
Figure 1-23 Page Menu Examples
DATA ENTRY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Using the FMS Knob to enter data:
1) If needed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field.
APPENDICES
3) Begin entering data by turning the small FMS Knob to select a character for the first placeholder.
Turning the knob to the right scrolls through the alphabet (where appropriate) toward the letter Z, starting in
the middle at K, and the digits zero through nine. Turning the knob to the left scrolls in the opposite direction.
4) Use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next placeholder in the field.
INDEX
5) Repeat, using the small FMS Knob to select a character and the large FMS Knob to move the cursor, until the
field is complete. Press the ENT Key to confirm entry.
6) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to cancel data entry (the field reverts back to its previous information).
28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD PAGE GROUPS
NOTE: Refer to other supporting sections in this Pilot’s Guide for details on specific pages.
EIS
Page Group
MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and
active page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, a page group window is displayed by turning either FMS Knob. The page group tabs
are displayed along the bottom of the window. The page titles are displayed in a list above the page group tabs.
The current page group and current page within the group are shown in light blue. For some of these pages
(Airport/Procedures/Weather Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while
the page name in the list remains the same.
Active Page Title
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pages in
Current
Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Page Groups
Figure 1-24 Page Title and Page Groups
AFCS
The main page groups are navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary depending
on the configuration of optional equipment.
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to display the list of page groups; continue turning the large FMS Knob until the
desired page group is selected
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired page within a specific page group.
APPENDICES
There are also several pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information and XM pages) which are selected first
from within a main page group with the FMS Knob, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page
(or from the page menu). In this case, the page remains set to the selected page until a different page softkey is
selected, even if a different page group is selected.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
29
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• Map Page Group (MAP)
Navigation Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Map
Weather Radar (optional)
Stormscope Map
Weather Data Link (optional)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TAWS
Figure 1-25 Map Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Waypoint Page Group (WPT)
Airport/Procedures/Weather Information Pages
- Airport Information
(INFO-1 Softkey)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Airport Directory Information
(INFO-2 Softkey)
- Departure Information
(DP Softkey)
AFCS
- Arrival Information
(STAR Softkey)
- Approach Information
(APR Softkey)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Weather Information (optional)
(WX Softkey)
Intersection Information
Airport/
Procedures/
Weather
Information
Pages
NDB Information
APPENDICES
VOR Information
Figure 1-26 Waypoint Pages
INDEX
User Waypoint Information
30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Auxiliary Page Group (AUX)
Weight Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Trip Planning
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
XM Satellite screens (optional)
EIS
- XM Information
(INFO Softkey)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
XM
Pages
- XM Radio
(RADIO Softkey)
System Status
Video
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OEM Diagnostics (only if SD card containing Diagnostics
File Scripts is inserted in the top slot of the MFD)
Figure 1-27 Auxiliary Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Nearest Page Group (NRST)
Nearest Airports
Nearest Intersections
Nearest NDB
AFCS
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints
Nearest Frequencies
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest Airspaces
APPENDICES
Figure 1-28 Nearest Pages
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
31
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• Flight Plan Page Group (FPL)
Active Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan Catalog
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
- Stored Flight Plan
(NEW Softkey)
Figure 1-29 Flight Plan Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
There are also several pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information and XM pages) which are selected first
from within a main page group with the FMS Knob, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the
page. In this case, the page remains set to the selected page until a different page softkey is pressed, even if a
different page group is selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knob, there are pages for flight
planning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by key. In some instances, softkeys may be
used to access the Procedure Loading pages.
The Flight Plan pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selected
by turning the small FMS Knob.
AFCS
The Procedure Loading pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu
is initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading page is
opened. These pages can also be accessed from the Active and Stored Flight Plan pages using the LD softkeys.
Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure Loading pages (note the single page icon in the
lower right corner).
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Information on electronic checklist pages can be found in the Additional Features section. Checklist pages
may be accessed from any page on the MFD using the CHKLIST Softkey.
32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM SETUP AND STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup and System Status. The System
Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System Status Page displays the status
of all G1000 System LRUs.
AUX - SYSTEM SETUP PAGE
The System Setup Page allows management of the pilot profiles and the following system parameters:
• Time display format (local or UTC )
• Audio alert voice
• COM transceiver channel spacing (see the Audio Panel and CNS Section)
• Displayed nearest airports (see the Flight Management Section)
• CDI/Baro Synchronization) (see the Flight Instruments Section)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Airspace alerts (see the Flight Management Section)
• Arrival alert
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
• Barometric Transition Alert (see the Flight Instruments Section)
EIS
• Displayed measurement units
• Flight Director Format (see the Flight Instruments Section)
• MFD Data Bar (Navigation Status Box) fields (see the Flight Management Section)
• GPS Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) range (see the Flight Instruments Section)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 1-30 System Setup Page
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
33
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Pilot Profiles
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System settings may be saved under a pilot profile. When the system is powered on, the last selected pilot
profile is shown on the MFD Power-up Splash Screen. The G1000 can store up to 25 profiles; the currently
active profile, the amount of memory used, and the amount of memory available are shown at the top of
the System Setup Page in the box labeled ‘Pilot Profile’. From here, pilot profiles may be created, selected,
renamed, or deleted.
AFCS
Figure 1-31 Pilot Profile Management (System Setup Page)
Creating a profile:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CREATE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Use the FMS Knob to enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key. Pilot profile names
cannot begin with a blank as the first letter.
INDEX
6) In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings upon which to base the new profile.
Profiles can be created based on Garmin factory defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin
factory defaults unless edited by the pilot), or current system settings.
34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘CREATE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CREATE and ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to activate the new profile.
9) To cancel the process, select ‘CANCEL’ with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key.
Selecting an active profile:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active profile field in the Pilot Profile Box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the pilot profile list and highlight the desired profile.
5) Press the ENT Key. The G1000 loads and displays the system settings for the selected profile.
Renaming a profile:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘RENAME’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) In the ‘Rename Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to rename.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘RENAME’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
9) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting a profile:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘DELETE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
5) In the ‘Delete Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to delete.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) With ‘DELETE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
8) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
35
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Date/Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 obtains the current Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) date and time directly from the GPS
satellite signals (shown on the AUX - GPS Status Page). System time (displayed in the lower right corner of
the PFD) can be displayed in three formats: local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC. Local time is set by adding/
subtracting an offset (hours:minutes) to/from UTC.
Figure 1-32 System Time (Local 24-hr Format)
Configuring the system time:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Time Format’ field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired format and press the ENT Key to confirm selection. The ‘Time
Offset’ field is highlighted.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time offset (±HH:MM) and press the ENT Key to confirm selection.
INDEX
Figure 1-33 Date/Time Settings (System Setup Page)
36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Display Units
Category
Navigation Angle
Settings
Magnetic (North)*
True (North)
User
Fuel and Fuel Flow
Weight**
Position
All temperatures on PFD
Total Air Temperature (Trip Planning Page)
Fuel parameters (Trip Planning Page)
Engine Indication System (EIS)
N/A
N/A
All positions
N/A
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Celsius*
Fahrenheit
Pounds*
Gallons
Pounds*
Kilograms
HDDD°MM.MM’*
HDDD°MM’SS.S”
MGRS
UTM/UPS
Altimeter
Vertical Speed Indicator
VNV altitudes (Active Flight Plan)
Engine Indication System (EIS)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Temperature
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Feet*
Meters
Airspeed Indicator
True Airspeed (PFD)
Wind speed vector
Map range (Traffic Page, Terrain
Proximity/TAWS Page)
CDI scaling (System Setup)
Fuel range calculation (EIS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
Altitude and Vertical
Speed
Exceptions
EIS
Distance and Speed** Metric
Nautical*
Affected Quantities
Heading
Course
Bearing
Track
Desired Track
Wind direction (Trip Planning Page)
Crosstrack error (HSI)
Bearing distances (information windows)
DME distance (information window)
Flight plan distances
Map ranges
DIS, GS, TAS, XTK fields (Navigation Status Box)
All distances on MFD
Altitude buffer distance (System Setup)
Arrival Alert trigger distance (System Setup)
All speeds on MFD
All altitudes on MFD
All elevations on MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Units in which various quantities are displayed on the G1000 screens are listed on the System Setup Page.
The Navigation Angle reference, the Altitude/Vertical Speed, the Temperature, and the Position units can
be set from here.
* Default setting
** Contact a Garmin-authorized service center to change this setting
APPENDICES
Table 1-1 Display Units Settings (System Setup Page)
Changing a display units setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units.
5) Press the ENT Key when the desired unit is highlighted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) To cancel the process without changing the units, press the CLR Key.
Arrival Alerts
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the Alerts Window arrival alerts to be turned
ON/OFF, and the alert trigger distance (up to 99.9 units) set for alerts in the Alerts Window and the
PFD Navigation Status Box. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching
a user-specified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight
plan). When Arrival Alerts is set to ON, and the set distance is reached, an “Arrival at waypoint” message
is displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box, and a “WPT ARRIVAL - Arriving at waypoint - [xxxx]” is
displayed in the Alerts Window. When Arrival Alerts is set to OFF, only the PFD Navigation Status Box
message “Arriving at waypoint” is displayed, and it is displayed when the time to the final destination is
approximately ten seconds.
AFCS
Figure 1-34 Arrival Alert Settings (System Setup Page)
Enabling/disabling an arrival alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
APPENDICES
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
INDEX
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Alerts
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the audio alert voice:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice.
EIS
5) Press the ENT Key.
AUX - SYSTEM STATUS PAGE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check
marks and failed LRUs are indicated by red ‘X’s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a service center or Garminauthorized dealer informed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-35 Example System Status Page
APPENDICES
The LRU and ARFRM, Softkeys on the System Status Page select the applicable list (LRU INFO or AIRFRAME
window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected window.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Selecting the MFD1 DB Softkey (label background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected) places
the cursor in the database window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information for the MFD.
Selecting the softkey again will change the softkey label to PFD1 DB. PFD 1 database information is now
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
displayed in the database window. Selecting the softkey a third time will change the softkey label to PFD2
DB. PFD 2 database information is now displayed in the database window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUX - UTILITY PAGE
The ANN TEST Softkey, when selected, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the AUX - Utility Page, for flight planning
purposes. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a
record of the time of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum
groundspeeds—are displayed from the time of the last reset. Refer to the Additional Features section for a
dicussion on the Scheduler feature.
Figure 1-36 Utility Page
AFCS
Timers
The G1000 timers available include:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Stopwatch-like generic timers (available from the PFD Timer/References Window and on the MFD AUX
- Utility Page)
• Total-time-in-flight timer (MFD AUX - Utility Page)
• Time since departure (MFD AUX - Utility Page)
APPENDICES
The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the
countdown on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before
reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when
reset, the digits are zeroed.
Setting the generic timer (PFD):
INDEX
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (hh/mm/ss).
40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
4) With the UP/DN field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and
press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) With ‘START?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘STOP?’.
7) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
8) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the
digits are reset.
9) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-37 Generic Timer (PFD Timer/References Window)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Setting the generic timer (MFD AUX - Utility Page)
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and press the ENT Key.
4) If a desired starting time is desired:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘START?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to
‘STOP?’.
APPENDICES
6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the
digits are reset.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
41
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 1-38 Timers (MFD AUX - Utility Page)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that the
aircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time.
Setting the flight timer starting criterion
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the flight timer
AFCS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The G1000 records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time
to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset
to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlled
from the System Setup Page.
APPENDICES
Setting the departure timer starting criterion
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time.
INDEX
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Resetting the departure time
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key.
Trip Statistics
EIS
The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers can
be reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum
groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed.
Resetting trip statistics readouts
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed:
• Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer
• Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only
• Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are reset
to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Scheduler
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000’s Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., “Change oil”,
“Switch fuel tanks”, “Overhaul”) in the Alerts Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based
on a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or
recurrently whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting
automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled,
messages are retained until deleted, and message timer countdown is restarted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-39 Scheduler (Utility Page)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alerts Window and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to ‘Type’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select set the message alert type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
• One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
APPENDICES
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
INDEX
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HHH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MMM-YYY) and press the ENT Key.
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
cNS
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key to confirm message deletion.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scheduler messages appear in the Alerts Window on the PFD and cause the ALERTS Softkey label to
change to ‘ADVISORY’. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Alerts Window and acknowledges
the scheduler message. The softkey reverts to the ‘ALERTS’ label and when pressed, the Alerts Window is
removed from the display and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-40 PFD Alerts Window
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
45
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.8 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD and MFD display backlighting, the PFD and MFD bezel, and the Audio Panel keys can be adjusted
manually in one of two ways:
• Using the individual dimmer bus control for the desired display, or
• Using the PFD Setup Menu and the following procedures. In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be
adjusted from the PFDs. In reversionary mode, adjustments can be made from any remaining displays.
Adjusting display backlighting:
EIS
1) Press either PFD MENU Key to display the PFD Setup Menu. ‘AUTO’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD1 DSPL’. If
desired, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘AUTO’ next to ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired backlighting then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press either PFD MENU Key to display the PFD Setup Menu. ‘AUTO’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD1 DSPL’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’ and press the ENT Key. The intensity value is now highlighted.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’.
4) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
Adjusting key backlighting:
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD DSPL’, ‘MFD DSPL’, or ‘PFD2 DSPL’, as desired.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘PFD1 KEY’, ‘MFD KEY’, or ‘PFD2
KEY’.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’ and press the ENT Key. The intensity value is now highlighted.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired backlighting and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
7) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
INDEX
Figure 1-41 PFD Setup Menu
46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer to the backup
instruments.
Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with two easyto-scan Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) that feature large horizons, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and
course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFDs and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
EIS
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFDs:
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Airspeed awareness ranges
– Bearing pointers and information windows
– Vspeed reference flags
– Navigation source
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication
– Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
• Altimeter, showing
– Bearing pointers and information windows
• Transponder Mode, Code, and Ident/Reply
– Barometric setting
• Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
– Reference altitude
• Timer/References Window, showing
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
– Generic timer
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
– Barometric minimum descent altitude (MDA)
– Vspeed values
AFCS
• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
– Trend vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– True airspeed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
– Indicated airspeed
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
• Wind data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The PFDs also display various alerts and annunciations.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
47
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
21
20
19
1
18
17
16
2
EIS
15
14
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
13
4
12
5
11
6
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10
9
7
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8
1
NAV Frequency Box
12
Turn Rate Indicator
2
Airspeed Indicator
13
Barometric Altimeter Setting
3
Ground Speed
14
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
True Airspeed
15
Reference Altitude Bug
5
Current Heading
16
Altimeter
6
Horizontal Situation Indicator ( HSI)
17
Reference Altitude
7
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
18
COM Frequency Box
8
Softkeys
19
Navigation Status Box
9
System Time
20
Slip/Skid Indicator
10
Transponder Data Box
21
Attitude Indicator
11
Heading Bug
INDEX
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
14
15
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
13
1
12
11
EIS
10
2
9
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8
3
7
4
6
8
Annunciation Window
2
Selected Heading
9
Selected Course
3
Wind Data Box
10
4
Inset Map
Required Vertical Speed
Indicator
11 Vertical Deviation Indication
5
Bearing Information Windows
12
Comparator Window
6
Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height
Flight Plan Window
13
VNV Target Altitude
14
Terrain Annunciation
15
AFCS Annunciation
AFCS
Traffic Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for airspeed criteria and Vspeed values.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The true airspeed is
displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator. The ground speed is displayed in knots to the left of the true
airspeed. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots. The
minor tick marks on the moving tape are shown at intervals of five knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots,
with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The indicated airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching maximum operating speed (VMO), at which point it turns red.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
Low
Speed
Range
Indicated
Airspeed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Speed
Ranges
Ground
Speed
Red
Pointer
at VMO
Vspeed
Reference
True
Airspeed
AFCS
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator Ranges
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Color coded stripes appear on the Airspeed Indicator to show the operating ranges. The low speed range
stripe is red and extends to the flap operating range. Normal operating range is green and the never exceed
speed (VMO) begins with a red and white barber pole. The flap operating range is indicated by a white and two
shades of blue stripe. This stripe corresponds to the colors shown on the Flap Position Indicator on the MFD.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed range
strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to the
tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rate of
acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the line
shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses VNE,
the number in the indicated airspeed pointer changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains
constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vspeeds (Vref and Vclimb) can be changed and their flags turned on/off from the Timer/References Window. When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed to the right of the airspeed scale. All Vspeed values are reset and
all flags turned off during power up.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing Vspeeds and turning flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field of the desired Vspeed to be changed.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments. When a speed has been changed from a
default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Timer/References Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Timer/References Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-4 Timer/References Window and Menu
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with All References On highlighted.
4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight All References Off and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8
1
7
EIS
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-5 Attitude Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚.
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and
moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside
the turn) is indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
INDEX
Figure 2-6 Slip/Skid Indication
52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTIMETER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number gauge. Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20
feet. The indicated altitude is displayed inside the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape. If the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. When the metric value is selected it is displayed
in a separate box above the Selected Altitude.
EIS
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in six seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown
if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
T urn the ALT Knob to set the Selected Altitude. Turn the large knob for 1000-ft increments, small knob for 100ft increments. If set to Metric mode, the large knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 500-meter increments; the
small knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 50-meter increments..
Selected
Altitude
Bug
Indicated
Altitude
Indicated
Altitude
(Meters)
AFCS
MDA/DH
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altitude
Trend
Vector
Selected
Altitude
Bug
Reference
Altitude
(Meters)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reference
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If a Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value has been set, this altitude is also available for
the Selected Altitude.
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Barometric
Setting
APPENDICES
Figure 2-7 Altimeter
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
53
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Altitudes can also be displayed in meters (Figure 2-7). Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
Displaying altitude in meters:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric pressure setting creates discontinuities
in VNV vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the
aircraft to re-establish on the descent patch. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target
Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey.
Figure 2-8 Standard Barometric Setting
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
AFCS
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or, press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa).
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the barometric altimeter settings differ between PFDs by more than 0.02 in Hg, the readouts turn yellow. Once the settings are synchronized (BARO turned on), they remain synchronized until the setting is turned
off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight BARO in the Synchronization box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Barometric Settings not Synchronized on
PFD displayed in yellow
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-9 Baro Synchronization
(AUX - System Setup Page)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
55
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
A Baro Transition Alert is provided to alert the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the transition altitude in either direction. This is displayed by the flashing light blue barometric pressure setting
when crossing the transition altitude.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Altitude in the Baro Transition Alert box.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to change the altitude and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-10 Baro Transition Alert
(AUX - System Setup Page)
56
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI; Figure 2-11) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels
at 1000 and 2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm. Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or
descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the
edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
A magenta chevron is displayed on the VSI to indicate the Required Vertical Speed for reaching a VNV target
altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has generated.
VERTICAL DEVIATION
EIS
NOTE: The Glidepath Indicator is only shown for aircraft with GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units when
SBAS is available.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI; Figure 2-11) is a magenta chevron indicating the baro-VNV vertical
deviation when Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used. The VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within
1 minute” alert. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight
Management Section for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.
The Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-12) appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is
tuned in the active NAV field. A green diamond acts as the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on
a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in
place of the diamond.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
L/VNAV, LPV). When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation
source, the Glidepath Indicator (Figure 2-13) appears as a magenta diamond during the approach. If the
approach type downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
VNV Target
Altitude
AFCS
Full-scale deflection of two dots is 1000 feet.
Marker
Beacon
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
Vertical Glideslope
Speed
Indicator
Pointer
Glipepath
Indicator
APPENDICES
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Required
Vertical
Speed
INDEX
Figure 2-11 Vertical Speed and
Deviation Indicator (VSI and VDI)
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Figure 2-12 Glideslope Indicator
Figure 2-13 Glidepath Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points with numeric labels every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor tick
marks are at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond connected to a gray dashed line. The HSI also presents
turn rate, course deviation, bearing, and navigation source information. The HSI is available in two formats, a
360˚ compass rose and a 140˚ arc.
Changing the HSI display format:
EIS
1) Press the PFD Softkey
2) Press the HSI FRMT Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The 360˚ HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and a
sliding deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double
line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with
the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
15
14
13
1
12
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2
11
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3
4
10
5
9
6
9
7
8
1
Turn Rate Indicator
9
Lateral Deviation Scale
2
Current Track Indicator
10
Flight Phase
3
To/From Indicator
11
Course Pointer
4
Navigation Source
12
Heading Bug
5
Aircraft Symbol
13
6
7
Course Deviation Indicator
(CDI)
Rotating Compass Card
15
8
OBS Mode Active
Turn Rate and Heading
Trend Vector
14 Current Heading
Lubber Line
Figure 2-14 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)
58
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Course Pointer
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Arc HSI is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI contains a Course Pointer,
combined To/From Indicator and a sliding deviation indicator, and a deviation scale. Upon station passage, the
To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like a conventional To/From flag. Depending
on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in two different ways, an arrowhead (GPS, VOR,
OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Current Track Indicator
Flight Phase
Annunciation
EIS
Navigation
Source
Lateral
Deviation
Scale
Course
Deviation
and To/From
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-15 Arc HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Selected Heading is shown to the upper left of the HSI for 3 seconds after being adjusted The light blue
bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading. While the HSI is displayed as an arc, if the
Heading Bug is adjusted off the shown portion of the compass rose, the digital reading is displayed.
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI for 3 seconds after being adjusted. While the
HSI is displayed as an arc, the Selected Course is displayed whenever the Course Pointer is not within the 140˚
currently shown.
Adjusting the Selected Course:
AFCS
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station.
Current Heading
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Current Track Indicator
APPENDICES
Selected
Course
Selected
Heading
Bug
Selected
Heading
Figure 2-16 Heading and Course Indications
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag
Var) or referenced to true north (T), set on the AUX - System Setup Page. When an approach referenced to
true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the navigation angle
setting to True at the appropriate time.
Figure 2-17 Heading and Course Indications (True)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• TRUE - References angles to true north (T)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• MAGNETIC - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
INDEX
Figure 2-18 Navigation Angle Settings
(AUX - System Setup Page)
60
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURN RATE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
Standard
Turn Rate
EIS
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
Half-standard
Turn Rate
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-19 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: When the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
Bearing 1
Pointer
Distance to
Bearing Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV and GPS sources by
pressing the PFD Softkey then a BRG Softkey. The bearing pointers are light blue and are single-line (BRG1)
or double-line (BRG2). A pointer symbol is shown in the information window to indicate the navigation
source. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are visually separated from the CDI by a white ring.
Bearing pointers may be selected but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability.
Bearing 2
Pointer
Station
Identifier
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Bearing
Pointer
Source
Icon
Bearing 1 Information Window
Pointer
Bearing
Icon
Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
APPENDICES
Figure 2-20 HSI with Bearing Information
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
61
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
When a bearing pointer is displayed, the associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information windows (Figure 2-20) are displayed at the lower sides of the HSI and give the following
information:
• Pointer icon (BRG1 = single line, BRG2 = double line)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
source
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
• Frequency (NAV)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS)
EIS
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station
identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is
displayed instead of a frequency.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window if
the NAV radio is not receiving a VOR station or if GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is not
selected.
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.
62
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
NOTE: During a heading change of greater than 105˚ with respect to the course, the CDI on the Arc HSI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
360º HSI
EIS
Arc HSI
Flight
Phase
Flight
Phase
CDI
CDI
Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation
Source
Scale
Navigation
Source
CDI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Crosstrack
Error
Figure 2-21 Course Deviation Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI can display two sources of navigation, GPS or VOR/LOC. The color indicates the current navigation
source, magenta for GPS and green for VOR and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPSderived distance when navigating GPS. When navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI uses the
same angular deviation as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yellow
Indicates
Navigation
Source
Selected on
Both PFDs
is not
Synchronized
APPENDICES
Figure 2-22 Navigation Sources
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuning
box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over the
NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV1 Selected for Tuning
EIS
NAV2 Selected for Tuning
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
LOC1
Selected
VOR2
Selected
Pressing the CDI Softkey
Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-23 Selecting a Navigation Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly
when all of the following occur:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
AFCS
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a
Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source. GPS steering guidance is not
provided after the switch.
64
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the same VOR/LOC navigation source is selected on both PFDs, the navigation source annunciation turns
yellow on both displays if not synchronized (Figure 2-22). Once the CDIs are synchronized (CDI Synchronization
turned on), they remain synchronized until the selection is turned off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Synchronizing the CDIs:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CDI in the Synchronization box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-24 CDI Synchronization
(AUX - System Setup Page)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
65
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
GPS CDI SCALING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, HDG LEG is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
EIS
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If the selected
scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly
and the selected setting is displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the GPS CDI box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-25 GPS CDI Setting
(AUX - System Setup Page)
INDEX
When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-26, Table 2-1).
66
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Enroute
(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
Terminal
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Departure
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CDI Full-scale Deflection
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Missed
Approach
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-26 Automatic CDI Scaling
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (see
Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• At 30 nm from the departure airport, the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
AFCS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to transition down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm
over a distance of 1.0 nm.
APPENDICES
• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (Figures 2-27 and 2-28). This transition normally
occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling automatically
once the approach procedure is activated or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
67
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
EIS
angle based
on database
information
course width
angle set
by system
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
350 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-27 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling
Figure 2-28 Typical LNAV/VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
2.0 nm
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (Figure 2-27)
LNAV + V
L/VNAV
LPV
MAPR
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (Figure 2-28)
0.3 nm
* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to yellow.
INDEX
Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
68
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS MODE
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EIS
While OBS is enabled, a course line is drawn through the Active-to waypoint on the moving map. If
desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight plan on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Extended
Course
Line
OBS Mode
Enabled
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again
Disables OBS Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables
OBS Mode
Figure 2-29 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
69
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. SUSP appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey label
changes to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-30. Pressing the SUSP Softkey, deactivates
the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SUSP
Softkey
SUSP
Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-30 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
70
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey turns off metric Altimeter display, the Inset Map and wind data display.
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFDs also display various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
TEMPERATURE DISPLAYS
EIS
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F) as selected by the
pilot, in the lower left of the PFD under normal display conditions. Temperature is displayed below the true
airspeed in reversionary mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Normal Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reversionary Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-31 Outside Air Temperature
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
WIND DATA
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
displays NO WIND DATA. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.
Figure 2-32 Wind Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying wind data:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data to the left of the HSI.
3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• OPTN 1: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed components
AFCS
• OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow with numeric headwind (H) or tailwind (T) and crosswind (X) speed
components
• OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with true numeric direction and speed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) To remove the window, press the OFF Softkey.
72
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL NAVIGATION (VNV) INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight
Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD
according to the criteria listed in the table.
Top of Descent Message
EIS
VNV Target
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is the
Selected
Navigation
Source
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
Phase of
Flight
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-33 Vertical Navigation Indications (PFD)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VNV Indication Removed
Criteria
Required Vertical
Vertical
VNV Target
Speed (RVSI)
Deviation (VDI)
Altitude*
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
X
X
X
VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey pressed on MFD)
X
X
X
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to
unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
X
X
X
Section)
Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
X
X
X
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
X
X
X
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
X
X
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to Appendix A for more
information on alerts and annunciations.
SYSTEM ALERTING
EIS
Messages appear in the Alerts Window in the lower right corner of the PFD (Figure 2-34) when a warning,
caution, advisory alert, or G1000 message advisory occurs. System alert messages are provided for awareness
of G1000 system problems or status and may or may not require pilot action. The Alerts Window allows
system alerts to be displayed simultaneously. The FMS Knob is used to scroll through the alert messages. The
Alerts Window is enabled/disabled by pressing the ALERTS Softkey. If the window is already open when a new
message is generated, pressing the ALERTS Softkey to acknowledge the message turns the softkey gray.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ALERTS Softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued. The
annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. The
softkey then reverts to the ALERTS label, and when pressed again opens the Alerts Window to display a
descriptive message of the alert.
Comparator
Window
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
Annunciation
Window
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts
Window
Softkey
Annunciation
INDEX
Figure 2-34 G1000 Alerting System
74
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator (Figure 2-34) and displays
abbreviated annunciation text for aircraft alerts. Warnings appear in red, cautions in yellow, advisory alerts
in white, and safe operating annunciations in green. New alerts are displayed at the top of the Annunciation
Window, regardless of priority. Once acknowledged, they are sequenced based on priority.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Critical values generated by redundant sensors are monitored by comparators. If differences in the sensors
exceed a specified amount, the Comparator Window appears in the upper right corner of the PFD (Figure 2-34)
and the discrepancy is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a MISCOMP (miscompare). If one or both
of the sensed values are unavailable, it is annunciated as a NO COMP (no compare).
EIS
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in a window on the right side of the PFD (Figure 2-34). These
annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey accesses
the ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 softkeys. These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed
on each PFD. With certain types of sensor failures, the system may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS sensor cannot be switched manually.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Inner Marker
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altimeter
AFCS
Figure 2-35 Marker Beacon Annunciations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
75
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the PFD Inset Map, the MFD Navigation Map Page, and various other
MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix F for more details about the Traffic
Information Service (TIS) and optional Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS). When a traffic advisory (TA) is detected,
the following automatically occur:
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled and displays traffic
• A flashing black-on-yellow TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator for five
seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
EIS
• A single “TRAFFIC” aural alert is heard, unless an optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed. Refer
to the applicable TAS documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic
Symbols
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-36 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with Traffic Displayed
76
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS ANNUNCIATIONS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on the PFD at the top left of the Altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS alerts and annunciations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-37 Traffic and Example TAWS Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ALTITUDE ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the Selected Altitude. Whenever the
Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset. The following occur when approaching the Selected
Altitude:
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to black text on a light
blue background and flashes for five seconds.
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude
changes to light blue text on a black background and flashes for five seconds.
EIS
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude) an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to yellow text on a black background and
flashes for five seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Within 1000 ft
Within 200 ft
Deviation of ±200 ft
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-38 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
LOW ALTITUDE ANNUNCIATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: A Low Altitude Annunciation is available only when SBAS is available. This annunciation is only
available when TAWS-B alerting has been inhibited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top left of the Altimeter, flashes
for several seconds, then remains displayed until the condition is resolved.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-39 Low Altitude on GPS SBAS Approach
78
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH) can be set
in the Timer/References Window and is reset when the power is cycled. When active, the altitude setting is
displayed to the bottom left of the Altimeter. Once the altitude is within the range of the tape, a bug appears
at the reference altitude on the Altimeter. The following visual annunciations occur when approaching the
MDA/DH:
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the BARO MIN box appears
with the altitude in light blue text. The bug appears on the altitude tape in light blue once in range.
EIS
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn white.
• Once the aircraft reaches MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums. Minimums”,
is heard.
Within 100 ft
Altitude Reached
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Within 2500 ft
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Barometric
Minimum
Bug
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Barometric
Minimum
Box
Figure 2-40 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
AFCS
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the MDA. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA, alerting
is disabled.
The MDA/DH may be set from either PFD and is synchronized on both PFDs. The function is reset when the
power is cycled or a new approach is activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Setting the barometric Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and bug:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO. OFF is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the next field.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet).
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
INDEX
Figure 2-41 Barometric MDA/DH
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
79
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.4 ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
The annunciations listed in Table 2-3 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur (Figure
2-42). Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
EIS
LOI
INTEG OK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DR
Location
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Upper right of
aircraft symbol
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for five seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 2-3 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Figure 2-42 Example HSI Annunciations
AFCS
In Dead Reckoning Mode the CDI is removed from the display when GPS is the selected navigation source. The following items on the PFD are then shown in yellow:
• Current Track Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Wind Data
• Ground Speed
• Distances in the Bearing Information Windows
• GPS bearing pointers
INDEX
APPENDICES
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode as they become increasingly
inaccurate over time.
80
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
Nose High
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the horizon warn of extreme
pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon
line.
Nose Low
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-43 Pitch Attitude Warnings
• PFD Setup Menu
• Flight director Command Bars
• Inset Map
• Windows displayed in the lower
right corner of the PFD:
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
– Timer/References
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• Wind data
– Nearest Airports
• Selected Altitude
• Selected Heading readout
– Flight Plan
• VNV Target Altitude
• Selected Course readout
– Messages
• Ground Speed
• Transponder Status Box
– Procedures
• True Airspeed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• AFCS Annunciations
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
AFCS
• System Time
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Traffic Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from each PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft experiences
unusual attitudes:
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
81
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Blank Page
82
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NOTE: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 Engine Indication System (EIS) for the Quest KODIAK 100 displays critical engine, electrical, fuel,
and other system parameters on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD) during normal operations. In
Reversionary Mode, the display unit combines Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology with the EIS (refer to the
System Overview for information about Reversionary Mode).
EIS
EIS
Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-1 MFD Normal Operations
EIS
Display
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-2 PFD Reversionary Mode
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
83
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The KODIAK 100’s EIS instrument types include vertical slider gauges, horizontal bar indicators, digital
MAP
DCLTR SHW CHRT CHKLIST
readouts,ENGINE
and slide bars. Green
bands and readouts indicate normal ranges of operation;
yellow and red bands
and readouts indicate caution and warning, respectively. When unsafe operating conditions occur, readouts,
pointers, and labels may change color and flash corresponding to the level of the condition. If sensor data to an
instrument becomes invalid or unavailable, a red “X” is shown across the instrument. White dashes are shown in
place of parameter values when values are out of an instrument’s display range.
EIS information is presented in three displays, accessed using the ENGINE Softkey on the MFD:
• Engine Display – Default display; shows all critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
EIS
• System Display – Shows numeric readouts of critical engine, oil, ice protection, and electrical indicators
• Fuel Display – Shows numeric readouts of oil, fuel indicators and calculations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENGINE
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
BACK
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
BACK
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
DEC FUEL INC FUEL RST FUEL
Press the BACK Softkey to
return to the top-level softkeys.
Press the ENGINE Softkey to
return to the top-level softkeys.
AFCS
BACK
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-3 EIS Softkey Flowchart
84
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
• SYSTEM
Accesses the System Display
• FUEL
Accesses the Fuel Display
INC FUEL
Increases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
RST FUEL
Resets totalizer-based fuel remaining to the aircraft’s fuel capacity and resets the displayed fuel
used to zero
Returns to the previous level of softkeys
• BACK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Decreases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
EIS
DEC FUEL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Accesses the Engine Display and EIS softkeys
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• ENGINE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
85
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Engine Display is shown by default. If another EIS display is currently shown, the Engine Display may be
selected by pressing the ENGINE or BACK Softkey. At the top of all three EIS displays, the Torque, Interstage
Turbine Temperature (ITT), Propeller Speed, and Gas Generator Speed gauges are present. Trim and flap
indications are also shown on all EIS displays.
EIS
NOTE: Fuel indications can be configured to display pounds or gallons.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1
2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4
5
6
AFCS
7
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8
9
13
APPENDICES
10
12
11
INDEX
Figure 3-4 Engine Display
86
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
4
6
8
10
12
Engine Start
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
Displays DC current in amperes (amps) for the generator (G) and the
alternator (A)
Displays DC bus voltages for the main bus (M) and essential bus (E)
Displays quantities of fuel in pounds (lb) in the left (L) and right (R) tanks
Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the
white bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
Normal
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
13
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
AFCS
11
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Gas Generator Speed
Gauge (NG %)
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Oil Pressure Indicator
(OIL PRES)
Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
Ammeter
(AMPS)
Voltmeter
(VOLTS)
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY)
Aileron and Rudder Trim
Bars (AIL, RUD)
Elevator Trim Bar
(ELEV)
Flap Position Indicator
(FLAPS)
Operating ranges differ for engine off and start conditions (see Figure 3-5).
When the starter is engaged, ‘STRT’ is annunciated above the temperature
readout. When the engine is off or in the process of being shut down, ‘OFF’
is annunciated. When the ITT is below 200°, dashes “----” are displayed in
place of the temperature readout.
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Caution and warning ranges are propeller speed sensitive and change for
speeds greater than 2000 rpm.
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
3
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
Engine Off
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 3-5 Interstage Turbine Temperature Gauge Status Annunciations
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.2 SYSTEM DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The System Display is accessed by pressing the SYSTEM Softkey. The instruments presented here, in addition
to the gauges and trim slide bars, are separated into three categories: Oil (pressure and temperature), Ice Protection
(quantity), and Electrical (currents and voltages).
Accessing the EIS System Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the SYSTEM Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
1
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
4
5
AFCS
6
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7
12
APPENDICES
8
9
11
INDEX
10
Figure 3-6 System Display
88
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
2
4
6
8
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
Displays quantity of ice protection fluid in gallons (gal)
Displays DC current in amperes (amps) for the generator (G) and the
alternator (A)
Displays DC bus voltages for the main bus and essential bus
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
5
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Generator Speed Gauge
(NG %)
Oil Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Oil Temperature
(TEMP °C)
Ice Protection
(QTY GAL)
Ammeter
(GEN A, ALT A)
Voltmeter
(MAIN BUS V,
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ESS BUS V)
10 Aileron and Rudder Trim Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the
white bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Bars (AIL, RUD)
11 Elevator Trim Bar
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
(ELEV)
12 Flap Position Indicator
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
(FLAPS)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.3 FUEL DISPLAY
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the fuel was reset.
The Fuel Display is accessed by pressing the FUEL Softkey. Besides the gauges and trim slide bars, all indications
on this display are digital readouts, separated into three categories: Oil (pressure and temperature), Fuel (flow,
pressure, and quantities), and Fuel Calculations (fuel remaining and used, endurance, and range).
EIS
Accessing the EIS Fuel Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the FUEL Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
AFCS
4
5
6
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7
8
APPENDICES
9
16
10
11
12
INDEX
13
15
14
Figure 3-7 Fuel Display
90
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Fuel indications can be configured to display pounds or gallons.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Fuel calculations are based on the fuel flow totalizer and the displayed fuel remaining (LB REM), adjusted by
the pilot using the following softkeys:
• DEC FUEL – Decreases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
• INC FUEL – Increases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
• RST FUEL – Resets totalizer-based fuel remaining to the aircraft’s fuel capacity and the displayed fuel used (LB
USED) to zero
2
5
6
8
10
12
14
15
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
Displays current fuel pressure in psi
Displays quantities of fuel in pounds (lb) in the left (L) and right (R) tanks
Displays current fuel remaining in lb as set by the pilot and adjusted for fuel
burn since last set
Displays quantity of fuel used in lb based on fuel flow since last reset
Displays flight time remaining in hours:minutes (HH:MM) based on the
calculated fuel remaining
Displays aircraft range in nautical miles (nm) based on the calculated fuel
remaining, the aircraft’s heading, and the wind direction and speed
Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the white
bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
16
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
APPENDICES
13
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
11
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
AFCS
9
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Generator Speed Gauge
(NG %)
Oil Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Oil Temperature
(TEMP °C)
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Fuel Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Fuel Quantities
(QTY L/R LB)
Set Fuel Remaining
(LB REM)
Calculated Fuel Used
(LB USED)
Calculated Endurance
(ENDUR)
Calculated Range
(RANGE NM)
Aileron and Rudder Trim
Bars (AIL, RUD)
Elevator Trim Bar
(ELEV)
Flap Position Indicator
(FLAPS)
EIS
1
91
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Blank Page
92
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1 OVERVIEW
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panels, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panels and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in the KODIAK 100 aircraft is performed by the following Line Replacement Units (LRUs):
• Audio Panel (2)
• Multi Function Display (MFD)
• Mode S Transponder
EIS
• Primary Flight Display (PFD) (2)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)
The MFD/PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The two Audio Panels provide the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio
selection. Each Audio Panel includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a
marker beacon receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a
feature called Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces
the amount of background noise from the radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Mode S transponder is controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-1).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
93
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
MFD/PFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
9
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
12
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-1 MFD/PFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and NRST Window (PFD Shown)
94
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
Nearest Airports Window – Display by pressing the NRST Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms an Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter transponder codes and Auto-tune entries
when NRST Window is present. Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor on and off. The large
knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted
cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the transponder.
AFCS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
95
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
18
19
20
21
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
22
23
17
24
AFCS
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
96
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knob
to illuminate SQ. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM 1/2 – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
EIS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – Not used in KODIAK 100 aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
97
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.2 COM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color
changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
EIS
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the
two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,
audio from the other COM radio is muted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel).
Frequencies in the standby field are displayed in either white or gray. The standby frequency in the tuning
box is white. The other standby frequency is gray.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active
Fields
Standby
Fields
Top Section of
the Audio Panel
AFCS
Tuning Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
COM2 Radio is Selected
on the Audio Panel
Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit
INDEX
APPENDICES
The active COM frequency displayed in green on the MFD is the same as on PFD1.
98
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. Entertainment audio, if selected, is muted during active COM radio reception. Refer to
Additional Audio Panel Functions later in this section, and the Additional Features Section for more details
on the Data Link Receiver.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Transmit and
Receive Indicators
Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission
Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the same COM radio is selected on both Audio Panels, the pilot has transmit priority on COM1, the
copilot has transmit priority on COM2.
COM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each PFD and the MFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
AFCS
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off
Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
APPENDICES
Turn the COM Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
EIS
Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One COM Radio to the Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes
QUICK-TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121.500 MHZ
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the
transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz
100
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD
EIS
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
Press the NRST
Softkey to Open
the Nearest
Airports Window
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Press the ENT Key to
Load a Highlighted
Frequency into
the COM Standby
Frequency Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or:
1) On the Nearest Airports, Frequencies, or Airspaces page, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
AFCS
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus
102
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press Frequency
Transfer Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Active Tuning Box
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway
Information
Press INFO-1 Softkey for
AIRPORT, RUNWAYS,
and FREQUENCIES
Windows
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press ENT Key to load
frequency into COM
Standby Field. Cursor
then advances to the
next frequency.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
103
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages
104
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENCY SPACING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing
(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.
25-kHz Channel
Spacing
EIS
8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
INDEX
Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTOMATIC SQUELCH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and
speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.
EIS
Press the COM VOL/
SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.
Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VOLUME
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,
the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
106
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.3 NAV OPERATION
NAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields: two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
EIS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are
placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
Active
Fields
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Standby
Fields
Tuning Box
AFCS
The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
APPENDICES
The active NAV frequency displayed in green on the MFD is the same as on PFD1.
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the Bearing Information windows and using VOR as the
source for the bearing pointer.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
107
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1 or NAV2 Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over the headset
and the speakers (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the PFD and MFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
AFCS
Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to Turn
Morse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to
Transfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the NAV Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning
108
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other
EIS
Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VOR/LOC ID
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 by pressing
the small NAV Knob and pressing the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
Station
Identifier
Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
AFCS
VOLUME
NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.
APPENDICES
NAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING A NAV FREQUENCY FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
• WPT – VOR Information
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• WPT – Airport Information
• NRST – Nearest VOR
EIS
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page
group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR, Nearest Airspaces, and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor
on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
AFCS
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Press the ENT
Key to Load
a Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
111
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob
or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and
loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the ENT
Key to Load
the Frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
Press the VOR Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Identifier
Press the FREQ Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Frequency
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page
112
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in
a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and
NRST – Nearest Airports Pages
113
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in GPS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode as
the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight Management Section for
details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation.
EIS
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2
active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are
transferred to standby.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
114
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Middle Marker
Indication
Inner Marker
Indication
EIS
Outer Marker
Indication
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys
AFCS
The Audio Panels provide three different states of marker beacon operation: On, Muted, and Deselected.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The
MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
APPENDICES
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
115
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.4 GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities.
Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
EIS
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address. The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
TRANSPONDER CONTROLS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: STBY, ON,
ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.
AFCS
When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,
BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters the
transponder code. If an error is made, the code selection cursor can be moved back to the left one digit with
each press of the BKSP Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either
the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
APPENDICES
Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
INDEX
After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ALT
GND
VFR
CODE
IDENT
BACK
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ON
IDENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
STBY
XPDR
ALERTS
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDENT
BKSP
BACK
ALERTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.
Figure 4-29 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes).
The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.
Selecting a transponder mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
GROUND MODE
AFCS
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one
of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode
by pressing the GND Softkey.
APPENDICES
GND
Mode
Figure 4-30 Ground Mode
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
117
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does
not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication
and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields
appear in green.
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.
EIS
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-31 Standby Mode
MANUAL ON MODE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ON Mode
(No Altitude
Reporting)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-32 ON Mode
118
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE MODE (AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL)
Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the
Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.
ALT Mode
(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)
EIS
Figure 4-33 Altitude Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
REPLY STATUS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
Reply to
Interrogation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-34 Reply Indication
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
119
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODE
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
EIS
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Entering
a Code
Figure 4-35 Entering a Code
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
AFCS
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-36 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
120
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VFR CODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
VFR Code
EIS
Figure 4-37 VFR Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
IDENT FUNCTION
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT
Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT
indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level
softkeys.
IDNT
Indication
AFCS
Press the
IDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function
Figure 4-38 IDENT Softkey and Indication
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
121
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
POWER-UP
The Audio Panel performs a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off.
MONO/STEREO HEADSETS
EIS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger on the same side of the
aircraft using a stereo headset hears audio in the left ear only.
SPEAKER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Each Audio Panel controls a separate cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the on-side
cabin speaker.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speakers. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic,
altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected. Speaker audio is muted
when the PTT is pressed except for oxygen mask use. During oxygen mask use the on-side speaker is always
enabled.
AFCS
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-40 Passenger Address and Speaker Keys
122
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INTERCOM
The two Audio Panels include a ten-position intercom system (ICS) for the pilot, copilot and up to eight
passengers. The intercom provides pilot and copilot isolation from the passengers and aircraft radios.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing an ICS key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the same key on both Audio Panels. Either
the pilot or copilot may select or deselect the intercom.
EIS
Figure 4-41 Intercom Controls
COPLT KEY
Annunciator
Pilot Hears
OFF
OFF
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers, Music
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Selected Radios, Selected radios,
Aural Alerts, Pilot, Aural Alerts,
Passengers, Music Copilot
ON
Selected Radios, Selected Radios,
Passengers,
Aural Alerts, Pilot, Aural Alerts, Pilot,
Music
Copilot
Copilot
Copilot Side
Passenger Hears
Selected Radios, Aural Selected Radios, Aural
Alerts, Pilot, Copilot, Alerts, Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers, Music
Passengers, Music
Copilot, Passengers,
Music
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts, Copilot,
Passengers, Music
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts, Pilot,
Passengers, Music
Passengers, Pilot,
Music
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers, Music
Selected Radios,
Selected Radios, Aural Alerts,
Aural Alerts, Pilot Copilot,
Passengers, Music
Pilot Side
Passenger Hears
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AFCS
ON
Copilot Hears
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PILOT KEY
Annunciator
Passengers,
Music
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes, Dual Audio Panels
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
123
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
NOTE: The pilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the pilot’s side of the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
aircraft. The copilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the copilot’s side of the
aircraft.
EIS
The PILOT/PASS Knob on each Audio Panel controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot
and passengers on each side of the aircraft. The small knob controls the pilot/copilot volume and squelch.
The large knob controls the passenger volume and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of
the unit indicate which function the knob is controlling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between
volume and squelch control as indicated by the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob
controls only the volume (pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ
annunciation).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch
AFCS
Pilot/Copilot Volume or
Manual Squelch. Press to
switch between VOL and SQ.
Turn to adjust Squelch when
SQ Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Volume Annunciation
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch
Squelch Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-42 Volume/Squelch Control, Dual Audio Panels
124
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A passenger address system is available for delivering voice messages over the cabin speaker. When the PA
Key is selected on either Audio Panel, the COM MIC Annunciator on that side is extinguished, and the active
COM frequency on the associated PFD changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected. A Push-toTalk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The PA Annunciator flashes about once per second
while the PTT is depressed.
One of the pilots is free to use either COM radio while the other pilot delivers PA messages.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PA Key is Selected on the
On-Side Audio Panel
Figure 4-43 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SIMULTANEOUS COM OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both the pilot and the copilot can transmit and receive messages simultaneously over separate COM radios.
The selected COM MIC Annunciator flashes when either pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed.
If both pilots select the same COM radio, the pilot has priority on COM1 and the copilot has priority on
COM2.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the pilot. Pressing the play
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
key on the copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the copilot.
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest
block.
EIS
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory
block. The PLAY Annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress. The PLAY Annunciator turns off
after the present memory block has finished playing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the previously recorded memory block. Each
subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the previously recorded memory block.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MKR/MUTE
Key Stops
Play
PLAY Key
Controls the
Memory Function
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-44 Marker Mute and Play Keys
126
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS
XM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
XM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously
(optional: requires subscription to XM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more
details on the Data Link Receiver.
ENTERTAINMENT AUDIO MUTING
EIS
Entertainment audio muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. Audio is always
soft muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual return of audio to its
original volume level. The time required for the volume to return to normal is between one-half and four
seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches muting of crew entertainment audio
on and off. When switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that audio muting is
enabled, two beeps indicate audio muting is disabled.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entertainment audio muting is independent for each audio panel. Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key on one
audio panel does not enable or disable entertainment audio muting on the opposite side. Entertainment
audio muting is reset (enabled) during power up.
Passenger entertainment audio is never muted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
127
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.6 AUDIO PANELS PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: Adjusting the PILOT volume control affects ICS audio that is heard in the headset for the flight crew
EIS
member that is performing the adjustment. Keep in mind that the intercom volumes on the Audio Panels
are independent of one another, but the radio volumes are not.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panels as well
as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Automatic/Manual
Squelch
Copilot ICS
Isolation Key
Pilot ICS
Isolation Key
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Copilot Side
AFCS
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Pilot Side
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
Copilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
Volume Annunciation
Squelch Annunciation
APPENDICES
Reversionary Mode
for PFD1 and MFD
Reversionary Mode
for PFD2 and MFD
Pilot Side
Copilot Side
INDEX
Figure 4-45 Audio Panel Controls
128
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Independent radio volume adjustments made using the MFD/PFD controls affect only the audio output for each
radio selected for adjustment. Radio volume adjustment affects both crew positions equally for each radio that
is adjusted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished.
2) Verify manual squelch is set to full open.
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs clockwise two full turns. This sets the intercom level to max volume (least amount
of attenuation).
EIS
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust the PILOT/PASS Knob volume to the desired intercom level.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually.
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck microphone.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-46 Stuck Microphone Alert
COM TUNING FAILURE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-47 COM Tuning Failure
130
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD FAILURE, DUAL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If PFD1 fails, COM1 and NAV1 display a red X on both remaining displays. NAV1 is unavailable. COM1
automatically tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM1 emergency frequency is available
to both the copilot and pilot.
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
EIS
Figure 4-48 Frequency Section of PFD2 Display after PFD1 Failure
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If PFD2 fails, COM2 and NAV2 display a red X on the remaining PFD display. NAV2 is unavailable. COM2
tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM2 emergency frequency is available to both the
copilot and pilot.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-49 PFD1 Display after PFD2 Failure
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If there is a failure of both Audio Panels, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver and the copilot’s headset directly to the COM2 transceiver. Audio is not available on
the speaker.
If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, that side only has access to their respective on-side fail-safe COM. The
remaining one does not have access to the others side’s COM and NAV. For example, if the pilot side Audio
Panel fails, the copilot side Audio Panel has access to all the radios except for COM1 and NAV1.
EIS
REVERSIONARY MODE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-50 Display Backup Button
132
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the G1000.
EIS
The most prominent part of the G1000 are the three full color displays: two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and
one Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is
displayed on the PFD and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of GPS
navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,
or LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of
the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The
Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Selecting the INSET Softkey again, then selecting the OFF
Softkey removes the Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by selecting the DCLTR Softkey. The
Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track
Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).
AFCS
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the
lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,
increasing).
APPENDICES
The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in
the section.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Status Box
Current Track
Indicator
Navigation Mode
Inset Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- Nearest Airports Window
- Timer/References Window
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Status Box
Map Orientation
Navigation Page Title
Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
Active Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Flight Plan Leg
Map Range
APPENDICES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page
NAVIGATION STATUS BOX
INDEX
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
PFD Navigation Status Box
134
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD -> KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn right to
021˚ in 8 seconds’)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD within 1
minute’)
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
Symbol
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the
MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of
the following items:
Direct-to
• Bearing (BRG)
Right Procedure Turn
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
Right Holding Pattern
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
Left Holding Pattern
• Ground Speed (GS)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vector to Final
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Left Procedure Turn
EIS
Description
Active Leg
• Track (TRK)
Right DME Arc
Left DME Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MFD Navigation Status Box
AFCS
The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the AUX - System Setup Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list.
5) Select the desired data.
6) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the DFLTS Softkey returns all fields to the default setting.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
135
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.2 USING MAP DISPLAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps
can display the following information:
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with
names
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing to
pointer, location of pointer, name, and other pertinent
information)
• Aircraft icon (representing present position)
• Nav range ring
• Fuel range ring
• Flight plan legs
• User waypoints
• Map range
• Track vector
• Wind direction and speed
• Topography scale
• Map orientation
• Topography data
• Icons for enabled map features
• Obstacle data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:
• All Map Group Pages (MAP)
• Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
• All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT)
• Direct-to Window
• AUX - Trip Planning
• PFD Inset Map
• All Nearest Group Pages (NRST)
• Procedure Loading Pages
MAP ORIENTATION
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper
right corner of the map.
INDEX
Figure 5-3 Map Orientation
• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.
136
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course.
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not
show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
NOTE: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show
navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Setup
Selection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field.
AFCS
Map Group Selection
Orientation Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group
137
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
MAP RANGE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in
the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the
map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map,
a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick
counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Range Overzoom
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-6 Map Range
AFCS
Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on Map Setup Window).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AUTO ZOOM
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts
to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.
APPENDICES
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFDs and MFD. Control of the
ranges at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times
(set on the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum
distance to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
INDEX
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
138
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long auto
zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available
(2000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.
EIS
Manual Range Override
Expiration Time
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto Zoom:
Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On
Maximum Look Forward Time
Minimum Look Forward Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom
Configuring automatic zoom:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘TIME OUT’ (zero to 99 minutes).
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP PANNING
Map panning allows the pilot to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
• View airspace and airway information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the
position of the pointer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
NOTE: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has
INDEX
APPENDICES
been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.
140
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about
Point of Interest
EIS
Map Pointer
on POI
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet
above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
AFCS
Information
about Airspace
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Map Pointer
on Airspace
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
141
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page and return to
the Navigation Map showing the selected waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAVAID
Information
AFCS
GO BACK Softkey
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
APPENDICES
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
INDEX
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
142
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspace
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - Airspace
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a
window at the top of the navigation map.
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
EIS
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page
Menu and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Measurement
Information
Pointer Lat/Long
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Measurement Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance
144
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TOPOGRAPHY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
Navigation Map
Black Background
EIS
TOPO Softkey
Enabled
TOPO On
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TOPO Off
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TOPO Softkey
Not Enabled
Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map).
2) Press the TOPO Softkey.
3) Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
AFCS
Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.
APPENDICES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
145
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TOPO DATA
On/Off
TOPO DATA
Range
Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA):
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
AFCS
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the
map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values.
146
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Aircraft Altitude (MSL)
Range of
Displayed
Elevations
EIS
Ground Elevation at Map Pointer
Location (only visible when Map
Pointer is displayed)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE):
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field.
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
TOPO SCALE
On/Off
Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
147
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP SYMBOLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the
symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.
LAND SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Land Symbols
EIS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large
(Lrg))
Symbol
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Off
2000
Interstate Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
International Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
US Highway (NATIONAL HWY)
30
80
State Highway (LOCAL HWY)
15
30
8
15
Railroads (RAILROAD)
15
30
LARGE CITY (> 200,000)
800
1500
MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000)
100
200
SMALL CITY (> 5,000)
States and Provinces (STATE/PROV)
20
800
50
1500
Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE)
200
500
USER WAYPOINT
150
300
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Highways and Roads
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local Road (LOCAL ROAD)
N/A
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
148
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AVIATION SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
2000
500
300
100
20
100
30
Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT)
15
30
VOR (VOR WAYPOINT)
150
300
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)
200
500
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)
200
500
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
150
300
Restricted Area (RESTRICTED)
200
500
Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)]
200
500
Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
200
500
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
500
2000
See Airports, NAVAIDs
See Additional Features
N/A
APPENDICES
2000
250
150
50
3
Off
15
Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)
Large Airports (LARGE APT)
Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT)
Small Airports (SMALL APT)
Taxiways (SAFETAXI)
Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION)
Intersection (INT WAYPOINT)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2000
AFCS
2000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2000
EIS
Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med),
or Large (Lrg))
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
149
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYMBOL SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed
totally (turned off).
Displaying/removing all land symbols:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option.
EIS
3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LAND DATA
On/Off
AFCS
Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large).
The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.
Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Select the desired land option.
INDEX
6) Select the desired text size.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size.
8) Select the desired range.
150
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maximum Display Range
EIS
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup
APPENDICES
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP DECLUTTER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.
Declutter Level
EIS
Navigation Map Page Menu
DCLTR Softkey
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Decluttering the map:
Press the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown. With
each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Decluttering the PFD Inset Map:
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.
152
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Table 5-3 lists the items displayed at each declutter level. The ‘X’ represents map items displayed for the
various levels of declutter.
Item
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Flight Plan Route Lines
Flight Plan Route Waypoints
Rivers/Lakes
Topography Data
International Borders
Track Vector
Navigation Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Terrain Data
Traffic
Airways
NEXRAD
XM Lightning Data
Airports
Runway Labels
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
TFRs
Obstacles
Land/Country Text
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
River/Lake Names
No Declutter Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Displayed by Declutter Level
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
153
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AIRWAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or
Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number
(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.
EIS
High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
INDEX
Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page
154
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS
Softkey presses, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can
also be programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Select the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON).
3) Select the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO).
4) Select the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI).
EIS
5) Select the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS).
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Off, All, LO Only, HI Only
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway Display Selection
Low Altitude Airway Range
High Altitude Airway Range
Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup
AFCS
The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY):
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
The following range items are configurable on the airways menu:
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airway Type
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
200
500
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY)
High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY)
300
500
Table 5-4 Airway Range Information
EIS
TRACK VECTOR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable
(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Track Vector
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector
Displaying/removing the track vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
AFCS
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the look
ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
156
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nav Range Ring On/Off
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind Vector On/Off
Track Vector
- On/Off
- Look Ahead Time
EIS
SVS Field of View On/Off
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Altitude Arc On/Off
Fuel Range Ring
- On/Off
- Fuel Reserve Time
Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu - WIND VECTOR On/Off, NAV RANGE RING On/Off, FIELD OF VIEW On/Off,
SEL ALT ARC On/Off, TRACK VECTOR Setup, FUEL RNG (RSV) Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WIND VECTOR
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than
or equal to 1 kt.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Wind Direction
Wind Speed
Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
AFCS
NOTE: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint
Information pages.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying/removing the wind vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NAV RANGE RING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range is
determined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Range (radius)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nav Range Ring
Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-to
Window map.
Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX
INDEX
- System Setup Page.
158
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL RANGE RING
Time to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle.
Total Endurance Range
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Range to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amount
of fuel reserve desired.
8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45
minutes.
9) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FIELD OF VIEW (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The field
of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only
available if SVS is installed on the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries
Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
160
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected altitude.
The location will be shown as a light blue arc when the aircraft is actuallly climbing or descending.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Range to
Altitude Arc
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-30 Navigation Map - Range to Altitude Arc
Displaying/removing the selected altitude intercept arc:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘SEL ALT ARC’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.3 WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information
(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature
simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on autotuning.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As a
waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the
database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to
navigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint
pages.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Identifier Entry Field
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
City Entry Field
Facility
Entry Field
- Waypoint Identifier
- Type (symbol)
- Facility Name
- City
Entered Waypoint on
Map
Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Waypoint Location
Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window
INDEX
APPENDICES
If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate
Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.
162
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Identifier with
Duplicates
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Duplicate
Waypoints
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Duplicate Message
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-32 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier
AIRPORTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be
aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page
Map.
AFCS
The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information,
load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be
involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies
(auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft is
located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple
airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information
Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. For
airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on the
Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-1 is displayed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
163
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airport Information
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
- Lat/Long/Elev
- Fuel Available
- Time Zone (UTC Offset)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Airport
Runway Information
- Designation
- Length/Width/Surface
- Lighting Available
Airport METAR
EIS
Airport/Runway
Diagram
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identification
- Frequency
- Availability
- Additional Information
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-33 Airport Information Page
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:
• Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled
lighting)
AFCS
• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
Airport Directory
Information
Airport Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
Softkeys
Figure 5-34 Airport Directory Page Example
164
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The AOPA directory information is viewed on the Airport Directory Page by pressing the INFO softkey until
INFO-2 is displayed. The following are types of AOPA airport directory information shown (if available) on
the Airport Directory Page:
• Approach: Approach Facility
Name, Frequency, Frequency
Parameter
• Services Available: Category,
Specific Service
• Charts: Low Altitude Chart
Number
• FBO:
Type, Frequencies,
Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit
Cards, Phone/Fax Numbers
• Notes: Airport Notes
• Pilot Controlled Lighting:
High/Med/Low Clicks/Second
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Transportation:
Ground
Transportation Type Available
• Instrument
Approaches:
Published
Approach,
Frequency
• NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier,
Frequency, Radial, Distance
• Noise:
Noise Abatement
Procedures
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Frequencies: Type/Frequency
• Runway: Headings, Length,
Width, Obstructions, Surface
• Obstructions: General Airport
Obstructions
• Special
Operations
at
Airport
EIS
• Hours: Facility Hours, Light
Hours, Tower Hours, Beacon
Hours
• Location: Sectional, Magnetic
Variation
• Traffic Pattern Altitudes
(TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude
• Weather:
Service Type,
Frequency, Phone Number
• Flight Service Station (FSS):
FSS Name, Phone Numbers
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airport:
Identifier, Site
Number, Name, City, State
• Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
AFCS
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting a runway:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
Viewing a destination airport:
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination
Airport is displayed.
165
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
Gate
Terminal *
AWOS
Ground
TMA *
Center
Helicopter
Tower
Class B *
Multicom
TRSA *
Class C *
Other
Unicom
Clearance
Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC
* May include Additional Information
Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See the
Procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (see
the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate landing is required). The Nearest Airports Window displays a list
of up to 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they are
displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
Bearing/Distance to Airport
AFCS
Airport Identifier/
Type
Approach Available
Length of Longest
Runway
COM Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Additional Airports
(within 200 nm)
NRST Softkey
INDEX
Figure 5-35 Nearest Airports Window on PFD
166
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing
the ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list.
Continued presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest
Airports list.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Information
- ID/Type/City
- Facility
EIS
Airport Information
- Usage/Time/Elev
- Region
Airport Information
- Lat/Long
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-36 Airport Information Window on PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in
the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and
surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’,
‘INFORMATION’, ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’. AFCS
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map
from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to three frequencies,
and up to three approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled.
If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected
airport remains in the list until it is unselected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Type
- Bearing/Distance
Airport Information
- Facility/City/Elevation
Nearest Airport
Runway Information
- Designation/Surface
- Length/Width
EIS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approaches Available
LD APR Softkey (only
available if an approach is
highlighted)
Window Selection
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-37 Nearest Airport Page
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information
Window.
AFCS
3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the NRST Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may already
be selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.)
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
168
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select
Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
EIS
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and
“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Nearest Airport Criteria
- Type of Runway Surface
- Minimum Runway Length
INDEX
Figure 5-38 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTERSECTIONS
NOTE: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying
a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays
intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’.
EIS
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Intersection
- Region
- Lat/Long
Nearest VOR Info
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Intersection
Figure 5-39 Intersection Information Page
AFCS
Selecting an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
170
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition
to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections in
three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to eleven intersections are visible at a time. If
there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating that
fact is displayed.
NOTE: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
EIS
Intersection Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to
intersection from
aircraft position
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Intersection Lat/Long
Reference VOR Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- VOR Frequency
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
Nearest Intersection
Figure 5-40 Nearest Intersections Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NDBS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of
the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled
‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’.
NDB Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
EIS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
NDB Information
- Type
- Region
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected NDB
Nearest Airport Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-41 NDB Information Page
NOTE: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in
conjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker;
when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.
AFCS
Selecting an NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’s
located in the NDB Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
172
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path. In addition to displaying
a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled
‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to eleven NDBs are visible at a time.
If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are within
200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If there are
no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed.
EIS
NDB Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
Nearest NDB
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Bearing/Distance to
NDB from aircraft
position
NDB Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Facility Name/City
- Type
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-42 Nearest NDB Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
173
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
VORS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information
cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is
listed as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME.
EIS
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information
Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST
AIRPORT’.
VOR Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
VOR
VOR Information
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Region
- Lat/Long
VOR Frequency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected VOR
Nearest Airport Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
Figure 5-43 VOR Information Page
AFCS
The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and
TERMINAL.
Selecting a VOR:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’s
located in the VOR Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or press the VOR Softkey.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
Or:
174
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft. Also, a NAV frequency
from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of
the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in three
boxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. The list only includes waypoints that
are within 200 nm.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to eleven VORs are visible at a
time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text
indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the information
is dashed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
VOR
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
from aircraft position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VOR Information
- Facility Name/City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Lat/Long
AFCS
VOR Frequency
Nearest VOR
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-44 Nearest VOR Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
USER WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from any
map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on the
map using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance from
an existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has
been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power
down.
User Waypoint Info
EIS
- Identifier
- Temporary/Normal
- Waypoint Type
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
Reference Wpt/Info
Selected User
Waypoint
User Waypoint List
- Identifier/Rad/Dist or
- Identifiers/Radials or
- Region/Lat/Long
- Identifier
- Comment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
User Wpt Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
# User Wpts Used
GO BACK displayed if
User Wpt was created
on map page
Softkeys
Figure 5-45 User Waypoint Information Page
AFCS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to the
desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest User Waypoints Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
176
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest User Wpt List
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Identifier
- Bearing/Distance from
aircraft position
EIS
User Waypoint Info
- Comment
- Lat/Long
Selected User
Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reference Wpt Info
- Identifier
- Radial/Distance
Figure 5-46 Nearest User Waypoint Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AFCS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
APPENDICES
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Figure 5-47 User Waypoint Information Page Menu
APPENDICES
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position.
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing
INDEX
the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,
2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
178
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9) Press the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page.
EDITING USER WAYPOINTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List, if required, and press the ENT Key.
3) Move the cursor to the desired field.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Renaming user waypoints:
1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Press the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select ‘Rename User Waypoint’.
APPENDICES
2) Enter a new name.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position:
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing,
and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Auto Comment’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information
page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page.
180
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DELETING USER WAYPOINTS
Deleting a single user waypoint:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
EIS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.4 AIRSPACES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA
(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).
Class D Airspace
MOA (Military)
EIS
Class B Airspace
Restricted Area
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TFR
Alert Area
AFCS
Class C Airspace
ADIZ
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Warning Area
Figure 5-48 Airspaces
INDEX
The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.
182
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off.
This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an
airspace.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
EIS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airspace Alerts Box
- Airspace Altitude Buffer
- Alert On/Off
(Default Settings Shown)
APPENDICES
DFLTS Softkey
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 5-49 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu. See Table
5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol used to define the airspace
area.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In addition, a selected
frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page. In addition to displaying
a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information in
four boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, ‘VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.
Airspace Alerts Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
- Name
- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)
Airspace 1
Airspace/Agency Info
- Airspace Type
- Controlling Agency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspace 2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspace Vertical Limits
Softkeys
- Ceiling
- Floor
Associated Frequencies
- Type
- Availability/Info
- Frequency
Figure 5-50 Nearest Airspaces Page
AFCS
Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The
ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one or
more frequencies exist for a selected airspace.
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.
APPENDICES
3) Select the desired airspace.
INDEX
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
184
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are
displayed in the message window:
Comments
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
EIS
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
– less than 2 nm.
Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.5 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, is
quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EIS
A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.
Direct-to Point Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Symbol/Region
- Facility Name
- City
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map of Selected Point
Location of Destination
- Bearing/Distance
AFCS
Desired Course
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-51 Direct-to Window - MFD
Direct-to Point Info
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
APPENDICES
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
Direct-to Point Info
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
INDEX
Activation Command
Figure 5-52 Direct-to Window - PFD
186
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan wayoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-to
Window, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window.
Waypoint Submenu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Airports
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
- Airway Waypoints
(only available when
active leg is part of an
airway)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-53 Waypoint Submenu
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
INDEX
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-to
Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the
default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of FPL waypoints (the FPL list is populated only
when navigating a flight plan, and the AIRWAY list is available only when the active leg is part of an airway).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints.
EIS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation.
If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan
waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to the
displayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to
destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page and press the
FMS Knob.
2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport,
NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically
created at the location of the map arrow.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
INDEX
1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
188
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Page Menu
- Cancel Direct-To
Navigation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-54 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Highlight the course field.
APPENDICES
3) Enter the desired course.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
INDEX
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint,
or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior
to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to.
All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3) Enter the desired altitude.
4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Page Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Clear Vertical Navigation
Constraints
Figure 5-55 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints
190
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.6 FLIGHT PLANNING
Flight Plan Leg Type
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Symbol
EIS
Active non-heading Leg
Active heading Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment
Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment
Turn Anticipation Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
AFCS
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
FLIGHT PLAN CREATION
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:
EIS
• Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight
Plan Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active FPL Waypoint List
Turn Anticipation Arc
- Comment
- Procedure Header
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
Vertical Navigation Profile
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Vertical Speed Target
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Time to Top of Descent
- Vertical Deviation
AFCS
Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-56 Active Flight Plan Page
Active Flight Plan Comment
APPENDICES
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List
INDEX
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
Figure 5-57 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD
192
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Catalog Contents
- # Used
- # Empty
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan List
- Comment
Selected Flight
Plan Map
EIS
Selected FPL Info
Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Departure Waypoint
- Destination Waypoint
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Catalog Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shown
on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available for
activation (becomes the active flight plan).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Creating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to
display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The new
flight plan is now in the list.
194
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
EIS
6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
List of Flight Plans to Import &
Details for the Selected File
APPENDICES
Import/Export Softkeys
Import Successful
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 5-59 Flight Plan Import
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the
name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
Import/Export Softkeys
Stored Flight Plan to be Exported &
Exported Flight Plan Name
Export Successful
INDEX
Figure 5-60 Flight Plan Export
196
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDING WAYPOINTS TO AN EXISTING FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the
desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans
are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints
in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the
new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.
Stored Flight Plan Selected
EIS
- Memory Slot
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-61 Stored Flight Plan Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight Plan Full Message
APPENDICES
Figure 5-62 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the
ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the
highlighted waypoint.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-63 Duplicate Waypoints Window
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
APPENDICES
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
INDEX
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
198
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user
waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.
ADDING AIRWAYS TO A FLIGHT PLAN
EIS
Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired
airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point,
select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a
waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure.
The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway Entry Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Airway
Airways Available at TOP
Airway Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of
Selected Airway
AFCS
Figure 5-64 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is not
a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor
position).
199
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are
shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is
highlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.
Airway Entry Waypoint
EIS
Selected Airway
Selected Exit Point
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected Airway
Selected Airway
Exit Point
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airway Exit Points
Available
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-65 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point
Inserted Airway Header
APPENDICES
- Airway Identifier: [airway
identifier].[exit waypoint identifier]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
INDEX
Figure 5-66 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted
200
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RESTRICTIONS ON ADDING AIRWAYS
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:
• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.
EIS
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the G1000 database.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight
plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.
ADDING PROCEDURES TO A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a
flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.
Flight Plan Name
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan
Waypoint List
AFCS
Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan
APPENDICES
Figure 5-67 Stored Flight Plan Page
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DEPARTURE (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Departure Airport
EIS
Selected
Departure
Departures Available at
KMCI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Departure Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The
Departure Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
202
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Departure
Selected Runway
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Selected Transition
Departure Transition
Points Available
EIS
Selected
Departure End
Point
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inserted Departure Header
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point]
(e.g., KMKC-ALL.WLDCT2.ICT)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-70 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
203
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVAL (STAR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Destination Airport
Selected Arrival
EIS
Arrivals Available at
KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Runway
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of
Selected Arrival
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-71 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival
Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
204
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Selected Transition
Transitions Available
with DBRY1
EIS
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-72 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Arrival Header
AFCS
- Arrival Identifier:
[arrival airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway]
(e.g., KCOS-ALS.DBRY1.ALL)
Figure 5-73 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
APPROACH (APPR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating
transition waypoints.
EIS
Destination Airport
Selected
Approach
Approaches Available
at KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Approach
Barometric
Minimum
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-74 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select an approach. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
206
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Approach
Selected Transition
EIS
Transitions Available with
Selected Approach
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
Preview of Selected
Approach
Load Approach?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-75 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Approach Header
- Approach Identifier: [approach
airport].[runway and approach type]
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-76 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT PLAN STORAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when
the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be
viewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
EIS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude
information for the selected Flight Plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Flight Plan Name
(Comment)
Selected Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan
Stored Flight Plan Info
AFCS
- Departure Airport
- Destination Airport
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stored FPL Editing
Softkeys
Figure 5-77 Stored Flight Plan Information
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window:
APPENDICES
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight
plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
208
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATE A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the
flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
EIS
3) Press the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COPY A FLIGHT PLAN
The G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
AFCS
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy
to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
209
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DELETE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT PLAN EDITING
The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect
navigation as soon as they are entered.
AFCS
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
G1000.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
DELETING FLIGHT PLAN ITEMS
INDEX
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
210
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the airway to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
AFCS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
INDEX
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
212
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
CHANGING FLIGHT PLAN COMMENTS (NAMES)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification
and sorting.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
AFCS
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ALONG TRACK OFFSETS
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system
reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be
entered from 1 to 99 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an
along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be
changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset
distance.
Along Track Offset
Waypoint and
Distance from Flight
Plan Waypoint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance
Figure 5-78 Along Track Offset
AFCS
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the along track offset.
3) Press the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 99 nm (limited by leg distance).
APPENDICES
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
INDEX
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
214
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PARALLEL TRACK
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the
current flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel
course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically
cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
NOTE: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan prior to
Parallel Track
Selecting Parallel
Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-79 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Activating parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with the direction field highlighted.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL
TRACK’ is highlighted.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Offset Direction
Offset Distance
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activation Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Window
Parallel Track Waypoints
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- SLN-p
- HYS-p
- LAA-p
- ...
Activating Parallel Track
affects the active flight
plan from the current
position on (will not affect
an approach)
AFCS
Parallel Track
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Original Track
Figure 5-81 Parallel Track Active
INDEX
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the
active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions
results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status
216
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Subdued Prompt
(Unavailable)
EIS
Unavailable Status
Invalid
Geometry
Approach
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-82 Parallel Track Unavailable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the
active leg type.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Offset Direction &
Distance Subdued
(Unavailable)
Cancel Prompt
AFCS
Active Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-83 Cancelling Parallel Track
APPENDICES
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Activating a flight plan leg:
The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
EIS
3) Press the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Current Active Leg
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Destination
Waypoint
Activate Leg Softkey
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint
218
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
New Active
Flight Plan Leg
EIS
Confirmation Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
INVERTING A FLIGHT PLAN
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’
confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured
to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan;
and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information is
displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and
Bearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
EIS
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance
APPENDICES
Switching between wide and narrow view:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys.
3) Press the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or press the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view.
INDEX
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
220
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-87 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View
COLLAPSING AIRWAYS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is
inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
AFCS
The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Q3.FEPOT Airway
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Collapsed View
Expanded View
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-88 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are
collapsed/expanded.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference
waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the
reference waypoint field highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and
distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference
waypoint.
222
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.7 VERTICAL NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,
VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
EIS
The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute
and teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a
linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported with a Garmin autopilot.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabled (fields dashed)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ENBL VNV Softkey
CNCL VNV Softkey
Figure 5-89 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).
Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
INDEX
2) Press the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is disabled.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually
enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Selecting the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent
(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
After VNV Direct-to
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Prior to VNV Direct-to
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VNV Direct-To Softkey
VNV PROF Softkey
Figure 5-90 Vertical Navigation Direct-To
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If
not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.
INDEX
3) Select the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
224
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Select the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the
ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
EIS
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures
that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displayed Text
Examples
Cross AT
or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Large White Text
Large Light Blue Text
Cross AT
2,300 ft
Cross AT
or BELOW
3,000 ft
AFCS
Small Light Blue Text
Small Light Blue
Subdued Text
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Small White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Figure 5-91 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
White Text
Light Blue Text
Light Blue Subdued Text
Large Altitude calculated by the system
Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as
it passes over the navigation point. This
altitude is provided as a reference and is
not designated to be used in determining
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been entered manually.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the published
altitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
Small
Text
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been retrieved from the
navigation database or has been entered
manually and matches a published
altitude in the navigation database.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
Altitude is not designated to be used in
determining vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Altitude has been retrieved
from the navigation database and is
provided as a reference.
Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitudes associated with approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system automatically
uses the altitudes loaded with the approach for giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these
altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is always a “reference only”
altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide vertical guidance. In this case,
the FAF altitude can be designated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a non-designated altitude.
Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
INDEX
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude
restriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively
overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or
ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical
profile.
226
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle (6° down) or maximum vertical speed (-6000 fpm) to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
SBAS approach)
EIS
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Entering/modifiying an altitude constraint:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event
an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The G1000 also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been
edited.
AFCS
Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
4) Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is deleted (it is replaced by a system
calculated altitude, if available).
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
228
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.8 PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the
Procedures (PROC) Key.
EIS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already
loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate”
is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation
guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps
the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds
the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DEPARTURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
LOADING A DEPARTURE INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Departure Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Departure Preview
Departure Choices
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-92 Departure Selection
Loaded Departure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Departure
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-93 Departure Loading
230
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available departures at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the DP Softkey. The Departure Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING A DEPARTURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVALS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
LOADING AN ARRIVAL INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
EIS
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Destination Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Available Procedure Actions
APPENDICES
Loaded Procedures
Arrival Preview
Arrival Choices
INDEX
Figure 5-94 Arrival Selection
232
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selected Arrival
Loaded Arrival
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-95 Arrival Loading
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Viewing available arrivals at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves
to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
AFCS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING AN ARRIVAL FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
APPENDICES
When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
APPROACHES
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
AFCS
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the
approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the
procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
234
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Example on HSI
EIS
Approach Type
- LNAV
- LNAV+V
- L/VNAV
- LPV
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima
LNAV+V
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima. Advisory vertical guidance is
provided
L/VNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV/
(available only if VNAV minima
SBAS equipped)
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV
(available only if minima
SBAS equipped
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, and LPV approaches according to the published
chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance in
maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed
on the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where
LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach type
is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
Table 5-9 Approach Types
LOADING AN APPROACH INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed.
3) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
4) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
6) Barometric Minimums
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
APPENDICES
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Destination Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Approach Preview
Approach Choices
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-96 Approach Selection
Loaded Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Approach
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
APPENDICES
Viewing available approaches at an airport:
INDEX
Figure 5-97 Approach Loading
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the APR Softkey. The Approach
Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
236
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on
the map.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The
cursor moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Minimums box. The approach is previewed on the map.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key.
EIS
a) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob to
select the altitude. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on
the map.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the
map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is
previewed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
7) Barometric Minimums
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
APPENDICES
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The system continues
navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected
final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
237
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVATING AN APPROACH
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
EIS
In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — which
makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT
APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to
a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
REMOVING AN APPROACH FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
238
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MISSED APPROACH
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
COURSE TO ALTITUDE
EIS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for
this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is
reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the
aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Course to Altitude Leg
APPENDICES
Figure 5-98 Course to Altitude
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
239
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.9 TRIP PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for
a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight
planning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel).
TRIP PLANNING
EIS
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the AUX Page Group.
Selected Flight Plan Segment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)
- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
Trip Planning Page Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg
- Automatic/Manual
Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
Trip Statistics
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
Other Statistics
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
Fuel Statistics
AFCS
Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range -
Softkeys
- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-99 Trip Planning Page
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
APPENDICES
• Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
• Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary
source of information is GPS ground speed.
INDEX
• Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source
of information is GPS altitude.
240
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRIP STATISTICS
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected,
the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
EIS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM)
selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
active flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these
default to the endpoints of the active leg).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999. HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the
destination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
AFCS
- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure
time all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA
is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
APPENDICES
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FUEL STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
EIS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by taking the time
of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
OTHER STATISTICS
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)
The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint
(WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS
selection).
AFCS
Selected Flight Plan NN -
Selected Leg(s)
00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Starting and Ending Waypoint
of Selected Flight Plan Segment
Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL
- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL
- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg
Figure 5-100 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode
APPENDICES
Selected Flight Plan
Not Available
Selected Leg(s)
Not Available
Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints
INDEX
Figure 5-101 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode
242
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
Press the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
Press the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
EIS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the
small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’
if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.
In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flight
plan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
AFCS
1) Press the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key.
The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all
desired values have been entered.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
243
WEIGHT PLANNING
NOTE: All weight planning page data fields display data rounded to the nearest 10 pounds or 5 kilograms.
Fuel Weight Calculator
A/C Payload Calculator
- Zero Fuel Weight Calculation
- Fuel on Board Entry (or sync)
- Aircraft Weight Calculation
- Estimated Landing Weight Calculation
- Estimated Landing Fuel Calculation
- Fuel Reserve Entry
- Excess Fuel Calculation
Basic Empty Weight Entry Pilot and Stores Weight Entry Basic Operating Weight Calculation Passenger(s) Weight Entry Cargo Weight Entry Zero Fuel Weight Calculation -
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Empty Weight Softkey
(selects Basic Empty Weight)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-102 Weight Planning Page
Entering basic empty weight:
1) Press the EMPTY WT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic Empty Weight’, and press the ENT
Key to select the ‘BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT’ field.
AFCS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Entering a pilot and stores weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PILOT AND STORES’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
The basic operating weight is calculated by adding the basic empty weight and the pilot and stores weight.
Entering the number of passengers:
INDEX
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PASSENGERS #’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
244
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering the average passenger weight:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger weight field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
The total weight of passengers is calculated by multiplying the number of passengers by the average passenger
weight.
Entering the cargo weight:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘CARGO’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
The ‘ZERO FUEL WEIGHT’ is calculated by adding the basic empty, pilot and stores, passenger, and cargo
weights.
Entering a fuel on board weight:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL ON BOARD’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Entering fuel reserve:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL RESERVES’ field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor
APPENDICES
Synchronizing the fuel on board with the actual measured fuel on board:
Press the FOB SYNC Softkey; or press the MENU Softkey, highlight ‘Synchronize Fuel on Board’, and press the
ENT Key. The actual measured fuel on board is displayed in the ‘FUEL ON BOARD’ field.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
245
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the aircraft is in the air and a destination waypoint has been entered, the fuel calculations can be
completed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
• Estimated landing fuel weight = fuel on board weight - (fuel flow x ETE)
• Estimated landing weight = zero fuel weight + estimated landing fuel weight. • Excess fuel weight = estimated landing fuel weight - fuel reserves weight
If the aircraft is on the ground or a destination waypoint has not been entered, the following fields display
invalid values consisting of six dashes:
EIS
• Estimated landing weight
• Estimated landing fuel weight
• Excess fuel weight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WEIGHT CAUTION AND WARNING CONDITIONS
If the zero fuel weight is greater than the maximum allowable zero fuel weight, then the zero fuel weight is
displayed in amber.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the aircraft weight is greater than the maximum allowable takeoff weight, then the aircraft weight is displayed
in amber.
If the estimated landing weight is greater than the maximum allowable landing weight, then the estimated
landing weight is displayed in amber.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the estimated landing fuel weight is positive, but less than or equal to the fuel reserves weight, the following
values are displayed in amber:
• Estimated fuel at landing weight
• Excess fuel weight
AFCS
If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative, then the following values are displayed in red:
• Estimated fuel at landing weight
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Excess fuel weight
246
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.10 RAIM PREDICTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal,
and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is
available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a
specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not
available. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over SBAS coverage at the destination
or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the
final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the
missed approach procedure must be flown. See the System Overview section for additional information.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
RAIM PREDICTION Box
AFCS
RAIM Softkey
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Prediction Waypoint
- Arrival Time
- Arrival Date
- RAIM Status
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-103 RAIM Prediction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the
RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows:
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS
can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page.
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ - RAIM calculation is in progress.
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available.
AFCS
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable.
SBAS Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SBAS SELECTION Box
APPENDICES
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
INDEX
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-104 SBAS Display - Active
248
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the SBAS Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’, ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS.
EIS
SBAS Status
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS SELECTION Box
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
RAIM Softkey
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-105 SBAS Display - Disabled
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.11 NAVIGATING A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with the SBAS capable GPS system while the
G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A lateral flight plan (LNAV) would be navigated in much the
same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach course is active.
NOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted
should be considered not current.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the
Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-106 indicating the
active departure leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
EIS
The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point
(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
2) Figure 5-106 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight
phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
INDEX
Figure 5-106 Assigned Heading of 240º
250
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-107.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-107 Assigned Heading of 290º
4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight
plan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-108. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed
immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-108 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4,
Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-109.
INDEX
Figure 5-109 Entering V4 Entry Point
252
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
d) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-110.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-110 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
e) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-110, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information
Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available.
f) Press the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-111.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-111 List of Available Airways for TOP
APPENDICES
g) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-111.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-112.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-112 List of Available Exits for V4
i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in
Figure 5-112.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
j) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in
Figure 5-113.
Figure 5-113 Ready to Load V4
INDEX
k) Press the ENT Key.
254
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
l) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-114.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-114 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight SLN. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-115. Note the TOP to
SLN leg is actually part of V4.
AFCS
Figure 5-115 Comfirm Active Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-116, the magenta arrow in
the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg. Note the
phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active. Since a
leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed
to 2.0 nm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-116 V4 Now Active Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from
the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.
256
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-117.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-117 Turn on to Active Leg
8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-118.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-118 Turn to Intercept V244
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
257
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) As seen in Figure 5-119, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-119 V244 Now Active Leg
258
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-120.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-120 HYS to LAA Leg Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list.
c) Press the Direct-to (
) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-121.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-121 Direct To OPSHN
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-122.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-122 Enter VNV Altitude
e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-123.
Figure 5-123 Enter VNV Offset Distance
INDEX
g) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude. In this case, three miles
prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an
altitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN.
260
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-124, the magenta arrow indicating the
direct-to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset
distance and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure
have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a
track along the magenta line to OPSHN.
Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
NOTE: If the loaded arrival procedure has waypoints with altitude constraints retrieved from the database
EIS
that are used as is, the altitude must be manually accepted by placing the cursor over the desired altitude,
then pressing the ENT Key. The altitude is now displayed as light blue meaning it is now used by the system
to determine vertical speed and deviation guidance.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-124 Direct-to Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is
selected.
a) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-125.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-125 Procedures Window
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-126.
Figure 5-126 List of Available Approaches
INDEX
d) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-126.
262
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
e) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-127.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-127 List of Available Transitions
f) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK is
used.
g) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
h) Barometric Minimums
To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
AFCS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
263
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-128 Barometric Minimums Set
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
i) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen
in Figure 5-129.
INDEX
Figure 5-129 Loaded Approach
264
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-130. These
altitudes are loaded from the database and are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are
“designated” for use in computing vertical deviation guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: To no longer use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform the
following:
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired altitude.
c) Press the CLR Key.
EIS
d) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
After making the altitude “non-designated”, it is displayed as white text.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot be
designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-130.
Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the WAAS GPS
altitude source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-130 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -3.0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to
maintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Press the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure
5-131.
b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knob
to select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orange
box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In this
example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of
10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.
Figure 5-131 Adjusting the Descent
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
c) Press the ENT Key.
266
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15) As seen in Figure 5-132, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach the
selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-132. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is
annunciated as shown in Figure 5-133, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-132 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Target Altitude
AFCS
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Required Vertical
Speed Indicator
(RVSI)
APPENDICES
Figure 5-133 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD)
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established by placing the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-134.
EIS
Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Align Actual Vertical Speed
with
Required Vertical Speed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-134 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-135.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-135 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint
268
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-136. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to
intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-136 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
269
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-137. The magenta arrow
in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.
Figure 5-137 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-138). At a point 31 nm from the
destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by
displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turn
and descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.
270
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-138 Approaching PYNON
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
271
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activated
at any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final
waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating
the approach procedure (see Figure 5-139).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-139 Approach is Now Active
Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps:
a) Press the PROC Key.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-140.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-140 Manually Activate Approach
272
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16.
The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-141 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the
current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and is
used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to
the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-142) when the final approach course becomes active.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-142 Descending to the FAF
The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At)
the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-142.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
274
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-143.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-143 Descending to the Missed Approach Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part
of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway
centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude
is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In
this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to
is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching
6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is
above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to
begin the missed approach procedure.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For
example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold
Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft
altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the
missed approach procedure is activated.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-144.
The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is
suspended past the MAP. Press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INDEX
Figure 5-144 Missed Approach Active
276
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at
the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-145.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-145 Establishing the Holding Pattern
27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-146.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-146 Hold Established
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
277
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.12 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000
stops using GPS.
EIS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
AFCS
Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode, the autopilot does not couple to GPS, and TAWS is disabled. Additionally,
the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts
continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
INDEX
APPENDICES
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and
is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure
5-147.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the ‘own
aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-147. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI slightly
above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-147. Also, the CDI deviation bar
is removed from the display. Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
278
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Distance &
Bearing
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Ground Speed
Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion
Wind Data
Current Track
Indicator
EIS
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Bearing Pointer/
Distance
Navigation Data Bar
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All data except Active Leg,
TAS, and DTK are in yellow
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Subdued Aircraft
Symbol
AFCS
Figure 5-147 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
279
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Blank Page
280
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard avoidance features available for the G1000 are designed to aid situational awareness and provide advisory
information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather
• Garmin GDL 69A XM WX Satellite Weather (Subscription Optional)
• Garmin GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar (Optional)
• L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor (Optional)
EIS
Terrain Avoidance
• Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic
• Traffic Information Service (TIS)
• Garmin GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (Optional)
• L-3 Skywatch® Traffic Advisory System (Optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.1 XM WX SATELLITE WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: XM WX Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. Do not use XM
WX information to penetrate hazardous weather.
EIS
XM WX Satellite Weather is provided through the GDL 69A, a remote-mounted data-link satellite receiver. Received graphical weather information and associated text is displayed on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and
the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map. The GDL 69A can also receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment
services. Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band frequency range to provide
continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Services from SiriusXM are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit www.
siriusxm.com.
ACTIVATING SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Before XM WX Satellite Weather can be used, the service must be activated. Service is activated by providing
SiriusXM with coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69A. SiriusXM Satellite Radio (audio) and XM WX
Satellite Weather (data) services each have coded IDs. The Data and Audio Radio IDs must be provided to
XM Satellite Radio to activate the weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are
located on:
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1)
• The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.
AFCS
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to display weather data and/
or entertainment programming provided through the GDL 69A.
Activating XM WX Satellite Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio customer service using the phone number listed on the website. Follow the
instructions provided by SiriusXM customer service.
2) Select the XM page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
APPENDICES
4) Verify that the desired services are activated.
5) Press the LOCK Softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’.
INDEX
7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
282
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Radio
ID
(for SiriusXM
Satellite Radio)
Data Radio ID
(for XM WX
data)
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select to Display
XM Information
page
EIS
Weather
Products
(Available
Products for
Service Class
Indicated in
Green)
Select to Lock
Subscription
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
USING XM WX SATELLITE WEATHER PRODUCTS
The principal map for viewing XM WX Satellite Weather data is the Weather Data Link (XM) Page in the
Map Page Group. This is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available XM WX
products.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Viewing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
NEXRAD
Weather Product
Ages (U.S. and
Canada)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
NEXRAD Weather
Product Selected
for Display
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
283
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When an XM WX product is active on a MFD map, the age of the data is displayed on the screen to the right of
the product symbol (Figure 6-2). The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data
was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals
(defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1).
EIS
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-1),
the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. This ensures the displayed data is consistent
with the data XM WX services is currently transmitting. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed,
the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow. If no data is available for a weather product, ‘N/A’ is
displayed next to the weather product symbol. If a weather product age is invalid, the system displays dashes
next to the product symbol instead of a product age.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the refresh rates. The refresh rate
represents the interval at which XM WX services provides new signals that may or may not contain new weather
data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data Link
Receiver. Weather data is updated at intervals that are defined and controlled by XM WX and its data providers,
and are subject to change.
284
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Symbol
30
60
12
90
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
5
60
12
90
22
90
12
90
12
180
12
no product image
30
5
no product image
60
12
no product image
60
12
INDEX
12
APPENDICES
30
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5
AFCS
30
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7.5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
30
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
15
EIS
60
Echo Top
(ECHO TOP)
XM Lightning
(LTNG)
Cell Movement
(CELL MOV)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
City Forecast
(CITY)
Surface Analysis
(SFC)
Freezing Levels
(FRZ LVL)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
County Warnings
(COUNTY)
Cyclone Warnings
(CYCLONE)
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Air Report
(AIREPs)
Turbulence
(TURB)
Radar Coverage
(RADAR CVRG)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
(TAFs)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM WX Satellite Weather Product
Table 6-1 XM WX Satellite Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
285
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
+
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
+
Flight Plan Pages
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cell Movement (CELL MOV)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
+
City Forecast (CITY)
+
Surface Analysis (SFC)
+
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
+
Winds Aloft (WIND)
+
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METARs
County Warnings (COUNTY)
+
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
+
Icing Potential (ICNG)
+
PIREPs
+
AIREPs
+
Turbulence (TURB)
+
AFCS
+
XM Lightning (LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
Radar Coverage
TFRs
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest Page Group
+
AUX - Video Page
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Weather Data Link
(XM) Page
EIS
NEXRAD
Navigation Map Page
XM WX Satellite Weather
Products
PFD Inset Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 6-2 shows which XM WX products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific maps.
TAFs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 6-2 XM WX Satellite Weather Product Display Maps
286
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (Figure
6-3 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (XM) Page). When a weather product is
selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled.
CYCLONE SFC OFF
FRZ LVL
SIG/AIR
METAR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
WIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS
PIREPS
COUNTY
LTNG
CELL MOV
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP
ENGINE
BACK
SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
change to reflect current selection.
CURRENT
12 HR
24 HR
36 HR
48 HR
LEGEND
BACK
EIS
OFF
Select the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
42000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
1000
3000
6000
9000
12000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
39000
42000
45000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
15000
36000
AFCS
SFC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
OFF
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREV
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Weather Product Softkeys
APPENDICES
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (XM) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the
weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-5).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page with the changed settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Menu
Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Setup Menu
Restoring default Weather Data Link (XM) Page settings:
APPENDICES
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
5) Highlight the desired option to restore defaults (for all or for selection), and press the ENT Key.
Weather displayed on Pages other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page use settings based on those selected
for the Navigation Map Page.
288
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
EIS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
When an XM WX product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product information box
(with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.
APPENDICES
Viewing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.
3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
289
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page):
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends.
EIS
4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• Echo Tops
• County Warnings
• Cell Movement
• TFRs
• SIGMETs
• PIREPs
• AIRMETs
• AIREPs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• METARs
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional
Information on
Weather Feature
Selected with
Map Pointer
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flash Flood
Warning
Selected with
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
290
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD
NOTE: NEXRAD data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain, echo tops, turbulence, or icing data.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radar
systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized
meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm. In addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network
provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety.
EIS
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of
NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays
and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never use NEXRAD
data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather. Rather, use it in an early-warning capacity of predeparture and enroute evaluation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
NEXRAD data can be displayed on the following maps:
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link (XM) Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Airport Information Page
• Video Page
APPENDICES
• PFD Inset Map
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
291
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of
the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded
to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link
(XM) Page. For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-11), press the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected
for display.
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas where
NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are
indicated in gray shade of purple.
Reflectivity
AFCS
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
292
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
EIS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-12).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Unknown precipitation occurring below 52ºN is displayed as rain.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Block Area is 4 km2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - 30 NM Range
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
• Ground clutter
APPENDICES
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed regardless of actual propitiation
type.
EIS
No Coverage
Above 55ºN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Precipitation
Above 52ºN
Displays As Mixed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada
294
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ECHO TOPS
NOTE: Echo tops cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD or Cloud Tops are selected for display.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Echo Tops data (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The
highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at
which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Data
Displaying Echo Tops information:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the ECHO TOP Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-15), press the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for
display. Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data are
removed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-15 Echo Tops Legend
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
295
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas where
NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are
indicated in gray shade of purple.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CLOUD TOPS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery.
AFCS
Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the CLD TOP Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-17), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected
for display. Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.
Figure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend
296
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM LIGHTNING
NOTE: XM Lightning data cannot be displayed at the same time as optional WX-500 Stormscope lightning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
is selected for display.
XM Lightning data (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. A
strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location of the
lightning strike is not displayed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Lightning
Strikes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-18 XM Lightning Data
• Nearest Pages
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Weather Data Link (XM) Page
• AUX - Video Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• PFD Inset Map
AFCS
XM Lightning data displays on the following maps:
• Trip Planning Page
Displaying XM Lightning information:
APPENDICES
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the XM LTNG Softkey (LTNG Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page).
To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-19), press the LEGEND
Softkey when XM Lightning is selected for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-19 Lightning Legend
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CELL MOVEMENT
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cell Movement data (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the
ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Storm Cells
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data
AFCS
On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD. On the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement data can be selected independently. Cell Movement data can be
displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• AUX - Video Page
•Navigation Map
• Nearest Pages
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
Displaying Cell Movement information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page). For Cell Movement to
be displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the
Navigation Map Setup Menu (see “Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page”).
INDEX
To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, (Figure 6-21), press the
LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is selected for display.
Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend
298
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather conditions. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous
convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical
position.
AIRMET
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SIGMET
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Data
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the
icon.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-23 shows sample SIGMET text.
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-24), press the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-23 Sample SIGMET Text
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Figure 6-24 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
METARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report. METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-25 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,
and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.
APPENDICES
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in
a decoded fashion, then as raw text. TAF information is displayed only in its raw form when it is available
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
INDEX
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
300
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
EIS
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METAR Symbol
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-26 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
Raw METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map page on
which a METAR is displayed. The METAR text is shown in a box near the METAR flag.
APPENDICES
In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. METAR flags appears next to waypoints in the flight plan with an associated METAR.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying raw METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. The METAR text will appear in the ‘SELECTED
WAYPOINT WEATHER’ window below.
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight Plan
Page.
EIS
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-27), press the LEGEND Softkey
when METARs are selected for display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. A gray METAR flag is displayed
when the METAR text does not contain adequate information.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-27 METAR Legend
302
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST
NOTE: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Navigation Database
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
service area.
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions. Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-28 Current Surface Analysis Data
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Select the desired forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect the forecast time selected.
APPENDICES
To display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend (Figure 6-29), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-29 Surface Analysis Legend
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
303
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FREEZING LEVELS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first
isotherm is found (Figure 6-30). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has
not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears at the next
update.
Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Data
Displaying Freezing Level information:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-31), press the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data
is selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-31 Freezing Level Legend
304
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
WINDS ALOFT
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-32) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.
EIS
4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Data at 9,000 Feet
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-33), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is
selected for display.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-33 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
305
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
COUNTY WARNINGS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
County data (Figure 6-34) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on severe thunderstorms, tornadoes, and
flood conditions.
EIS
Additional
Information on
Thunderstorm
Warning Selected
with Map Pointer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Severe
Thunderstorm
Warning
Selected
Figure 6-34 County Warnings
AFCS
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the COUNTY Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-35), press the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings
are selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-35 County Warnings Legend
306
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CYCLONE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Cyclone weather product (Figure 6-36) shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical
storms, and depressions using the symbol shown below (Figure 6-36). Storm tracks include date and time
of arrival inside orange boxes.
EIS
Cyclone
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-36 Cyclone Data Selected for Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the CYCLONE Softkey.
AFCS
To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-37), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be
displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-37 Cyclone Legend
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ICING (CIP & SLD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-38) shows a graphical view of the current icing environment. Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft type). The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the analysis.
NOTE: Icing data cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD data is selected for display.
EIS
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying Icing data:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through
the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Areas of Icing
Potential
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SLD Threat
Area
Figure 6-38 Icing Data at 9,000 Feet
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-39), press the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for
display.
Figure 6-39 Icing Potential Legend
308
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURBULENCE
NOTE: Turbulence data cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD data is selected for display.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Turbulence data (Figure 6-40) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass
associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000
and 45,000 feet. Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
EIS
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Moderate
Turbulence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Severe
Turbulence
Light
Turbulence
AFCS
Figure 6-40 Turbulence Data at 21,000 Feet
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-41), press the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected
for display.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-41 Turbulence Legend
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PIREPS AND AIREPS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-42) provide timely weather information for a particular route of
flight. When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are
required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility,
icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commercial airlines.
EIS
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
and AIREP Text
AIREP
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PIREP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Urgent PIREP
Selected
Figure 6-42 AIREPs and PIREPs on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
APPENDICES
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
310
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Decoded Urgent
PIREP Text
EIS
Raw Urgent PIREP
Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-43 Urgent PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-44), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs are
selected for display.
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-44 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
311
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.2 AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The optional Garmin GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar is a four-color digital pulsed radar with 6.5
kilowatts of output power. It combines excellent range and adjustable scanning profiles with a high-definition
target display. The pulse width is four microseconds (µs) on all ranges except the 2.5 nm range. The GWX 68
uses a one µs pulse width at this range to reduce the targets smearing together on the display for better target
definition at close range.
EIS
The Quest KODIAK 100 uses a 10-inch phased array antenna that is fully stabilized to accommodate 30º of
pitch and roll.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To focus radar scanning on specific areas, Sector Scanning offers pilot-adjustable horizontal scan angles of
20º, 40º, 60º, or 90º. A vertical scanning function helps to analyze storm tops, gradients, and cell buildup
activity at various altitudes.
Radar features include:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Extended Sensitivity Time Constant (STC) logic that automatically correlates distance of the return echo with
intensity, so cells do not suddenly appear to get larger as they get closer.
• WATCH® (Weather ATtenuated Color Highlight) helps identify possible shadowing effects of short-range cell
activity, identifying areas where radar return signals are weakened or attenuated by intense precipitation (or
large areas of lesser precipitation) and may not fully reflect the weather behind a storm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Weather Alert that looks ahead for intense cell activity in the 80-320 nm range, even if these ranges are not
being monitored.
PRINCIPLES OF PULSED AIRBORNE WEATHER RADAR
AFCS
The term RADAR is an acronym for RAdio Detecting And Ranging. Pulsed radar locates targets by transmitting
a microwave pulse beam that, upon encountering a target, is reflected back to the radar receiver as a return
echo. The microwave pulses are focused and radiated by the antenna, with the most intense energy in the
center of the beam and decreasing intensity near the edge. The same antenna is used for both transmitting and
receiving. The system processes the returned signal and displays it on the G1000 MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Radar detection is a two-way process that requires 12.36 µs for the transmitted microwave pulses to travel out
and back for each nautical mile of target range. It takes 123.6 µs for a transmitted pulse to make the round trip
if a target is ten nautical miles away.
APPENDICES
Airborne weather radar should be used to avoid severe weather, not for penetrating severe weather. The
decision to fly into an area of radar targets depends on target intensity, spacing between the targets, aircraft
capabilities, and pilot experience. Pulse type weather radar detects only precipitation, not clouds or turbulence. The display may indicate clear areas between intense returns, but this does not necessarily mean it is safe to fly
between them. Only Doppler radar can detect turbulence.
INDEX
Airborne weather radar has other capabilities beyond weather detection. It also has the ability to detect and
provide distance to cities, mountains, coastlines, rivers, lakes, and oceans.
312
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD AND AIRBORNE WEATHER RADAR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Both Airborne Weather Radar and NEXRAD measure weather reflectivity in decibels (dB). A decibel is a
logarithmic expression of the ratio of two quantities. Airborne Weather Radar measures the ratio of power
against the gain of the antenna, while NEXRAD measures the energy reflected back to the radar, or the radar
reflectivity ratio.
Both systems use colors to identify the different echo intensities, but the colors are not interchangeable. Airborne color radar values used by Garmin Airborne Color Weather Radar should not be confused with
NEXRAD radar values.
EIS
ANTENNA BEAM ILLUMINATION
Antenna at Zero Tilt
0
15
s
Beam Sidelobe
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
18,000 ft.
10°
0
Half Power at
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude (x1000 ft.)
80
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight. The further the beam travels, the wider it becomes. The radar is only capable of seeing what is inside the boundaries of the beam. The figure below depicts
a radar beam’s characteristics. The figure illustrates vertical dimensions of the radar beam, although the
same holds true for the horizontal dimensions. In other words, the beam is as wide as it is tall. Note that
it is possible to miss areas of precipitation on the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting. With the
antenna tilt set to zero in this illustration, the beam overshoots the precipitation at 15 nautical miles.
Max Power at Beam Center
18,000 ft.
30
45
60
75
90
Range (nautical miles)
AFCS
Figure 6-45 Radar Beam from a 12 inch Antenna
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The curvature of the earth can also be a factor in missing areas of precipitation, especially at range settings
of 150 nautical miles or more. Here the beam overshoots the precipitation at less than 320 nautical miles.
APPENDICES
320 nm
INDEX
Figure 6-46 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
RADAR SIGNAL ATTENUATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The phenomenon of radar signal attenuation affects the operation of weather radar. When the radar signal
is transmitted, it is progressively absorbed and scattered, making the signal weaker. This weakening, or
attenuation, is caused by two primary sources, distance and precipitation.
EIS
Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the radar energy leaving the antenna is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance. The reflected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that fills
the radar beam is one fourth the energy reflected from an equivalent target 20 miles away. This would appear
to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity as the aircraft gets closer. Internal signal processing within
the GWX 68 system compensates for much of this distance attenuation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation. It is also more intense. As the
radar signal passes through moisture, a portion of the radar energy is reflected back to the antenna. However,
much of the energy is absorbed. If precipitation is very heavy, or covers a large area, the signal may not
reach completely through the area of precipitation. The weather radar system cannot distinguish between an
attenuated signal and an area of no precipitation. If the signal has been fully attenuated, the radar displays
a radar shadow. This appears as an end to the precipitation when, in fact, the heavy rain may extend much
further. A cell containing heavy precipitation may block another cell located behind the first, preventing it
from being displayed on the radar. Never fly into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of the heavy
precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target can be seen beyond the heavy cell. The
WATCH® feature of the GWX 68 Weather Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas. Areas
in question appear as shadowed or gray on the radar display. Proper use of the antenna tilt control can also
help detect radar shadows.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Attenuation can also be due to poor maintenance or degradation of the radome. Even the smallest amount
of wear and scratching, pitting, and pinholes on the radome surface can cause damage and system inefficiency.
314
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RADAR SIGNAL REFLECTIVITY
Precipitation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Precipitation or objects more dense than water, such as the surface of the earth or solid structures, are
detected by the weather radar. The weather radar does not detect clouds, thunderstorms, or turbulence
directly. It detects precipitation associated with clouds, thunderstorms, and turbulence. The best radar
signal reflectors are raindrops, wet snow, or wet hail. The larger the raindrop, the better the reflectivity. The
size of the precipitation droplet is the most important factor in radar reflectivity. Because large drops in a
small concentrated area are characteristic of a severe thunderstorm, the radar displays the storm as a strong
return. Ice crystals, dry snow, and dry hail have low levels of reflectivity as shown in the illustration, and
are often not displayed by the radar. Additionally, a cloud that contains only small raindrops, such as fog
or drizzle, does not reflect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target return.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-47 Precipitation Type and Reflectivity
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Ground Returns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the radar beam strikes the
ground target (Angle of Incidence) and the reflective properties of that target. The gain can be adjusted so
shorelines, rivers, lakes, and cities are well-defined. Increasing the gain too much causes the display to fill
in between targets, thus obscuring some landmarks.
EIS
Cities normally provide a strong return signal. While large buildings and structures provide good returns,
small buildings can be shadowed from the radar beam by the taller buildings. As the aircraft approaches
and shorter ranges are selected, details become more noticeable as the highly reflective regular lines and
edges of the city become more defined.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and oceans are not good reflectors and normally do not provide good
returns. The energy is reflected in a forward scatter angle with inadequate energy being returned. They
can appear as dark areas on the display. However, rough or choppy water is a better reflector and provides
stronger returns from the downwind sides of the waves.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Mountains also provide strong return signals to the antenna, but also block the areas behind. However,
over mountainous terrain, the radar beam can be reflected back and forth in the mountain passes or off
canyon walls, using up all or most of the radar energy. In this case, no return signal is received from this
area, causing the display to show a dark spot which could indicate a pass where no pass exists.
Angle of Incidence
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of Incidence. The figure illustrates
the incident angle (‘A’). This directly affects the detectable range, the area of illumination, and the intensity
of the displayed target returns. A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable range and
lower display intensity due to minimized reflection of the radar energy.
Figure 6-48 Angle of Incidence
INDEX
A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation and the target display shows
a higher intensity. Since more radar energy is reflected back to the antenna with a low incident angle, the
resulting detectable range is increased for mountainous terrain.
316
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SAFE OPERATING DISTANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following information establishes a minimum safe distance from the antenna for personnel near
operating weather radar. The minimum safe distance is based on the FCC’s exposure limit at 9.3 to 9.5 GHz for
general population/uncontrolled environments, which is 1 mW/cm2. See Advisory Circular 20-68B for more
information on safe distance determination.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LEVEL (MPEL)
EIS
The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard of 1 mW/cm2 is the semicircular
area of at least 9.16 feet from the 10-inch antenna. All personnel must remain outside of this zone. With a
scanning or rotating beam, the averaged power density at the MPEL boundary is significantly reduced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MPEL
Boundary
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9.16 ft. for 10”
antenna
AFCS
Figure 6-49 MPEL Boundary
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
BASIC ANTENNA TILT SETUP
APPENDICES
The following discussion is a simple method for setting up the weather radar antenna tilt for most situations. It is not to be considered an all encompassing setup that works in all situations, but this method does provide
good overall parameters for the monitoring of threats. Ultimately, it is desired to have the antenna tilted so the
bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground. The following example explains one
way of achieving this.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
With the aircraft flying level, adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are displayed at a distance that equals
the aircraft’s current altitude (AGL) divided by 1,000. For example, if the aircraft is at 14,000 feet, adjust the
tilt so the front edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 nautical miles. Note this antenna tilt angle setting. Now, raise the antenna tilt 6 degrees above this setting. The bottom of the radar beam is now angled down 4º
from parallel with the ground.
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PRACTICAL APPLICATION USING THE BASIC TILT SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
With the antenna tilt set as previously described, any displayed target return should be scrutinized when
flying at altitudes between 2,000 and 30,000 feet AGL. If the displayed target advances on the screen to
within 5 nautical miles of the aircraft, avoid it. This may be either weather or ground returns that are 2,000
feet or less below the aircraft. Raising the antenna tilt 4 degrees can help separate ground returns from
weather returns in relatively flat terrain. This aligns the bottom of the radar beam parallel with the ground. Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps.
EIS
If the aircraft is above 29,000 feet, be cautious of any target return that gets to within 30 nautical miles. This is likely a thunderstorm that has a top high enough that the aircraft cannot fly over it safely.
If the aircraft altitude is 15,000 feet or lower, setting the displayed range to 60 miles may be more helpful. Closely monitor anything that enters the display.
4000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Change in Antenna Tilt
+4°
+3°
+2°
+1°
0°
-1°
-2°
-3°
-4°
3000
2000
1000
0
1000
2000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3000
10 nm
4000
Vertical Change of Radar Beam (feet)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Also, after setting up the antenna tilt angle as described previously, ground returns can be monitored for
possible threats. The relationship between antenna tilt angle, altitude, and distance is one degree of tilt equals
100 feet of altitude for every one nautical mile.
Figure 6-50 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Therefore, with the antenna tilt set so that the bottom of the beam is four degrees below parallel with
the ground, a target return at 10 nm is approximately 4,000 feet below the aircraft; at 20 nm, 8,000 feet;
at 50 nm, 20,000 feet. In other words, at this tilt setting, a ground return (such as a mountain peak) being
displayed at 10 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 4,000 feet. A ground target return
being displayed at 5 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 2,000 feet.
INDEX
APPENDICES
This setup provides a good starting point for practical use of the GWX 68. There are many other factors to
consider in order to become proficient at using weather radar in all situations.
318
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
WEATHER MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
WEATHER DISPLAY INTERPRETATION
Black
Green
Yellow
Red
Magenta
< 23 dBZ
23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ
32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
50 dBZ and greater
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/
hr.)
< .01.
.01 - 0.1.
0.1 - 0.5
0.5 - 2
>2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Intensity
EIS
Weather Mode Color
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the colors denote precipitation
intensity and rates shown in the table.
Table 6-3 Precipitation Intensity Levels
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Thunderstorms
Updrafts and downdrafts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud. The more severe the drafts, the
greater the number and size of the precipitation droplets. With this in mind, the following interpretations
can be made from what is displayed on the weather radar. Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• In areas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta (indicating large amounts of precipitation),
the turbulence is considered severe.
• Areas that show steep color gradients (intense color changes) over thin bands or short distances suggest
irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence.
AFCS
• Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence, as well as heavy precipitation. Vertical scanning and antenna tilt management may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Along squall lines (multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line) individual cells may be in different stages
of development. Areas between closely spaced, intense targets may contain developing clouds not having
enough moisture to produce a return. However, these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts.
Targets showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence. Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence, appearing as hooks, fingers, or scalloped
edges. These irregularities may be present in green areas with no yellow, red, or magenta areas and should
be treated as highly dangerous areas.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Squall Line
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Steep Gradient
Hook or Finger
Scalloped Edge
Figure 6-51 Cell Irregularities
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Thunderstorm development is rapid. A course may become blocked within a short time. When displaying
shorter ranges, periodically select a longer range to see if problems are developing further out. That can
help prevent getting trapped in a blind alley or an area that is closed at one end by convective weather.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-52 The Blind Alley - Horizontal Scan
320
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In areas of multiple heavy cells, use the Vertical Scan feature along with antenna tilt management to
examine the areas. Remember to avoid shadowed areas behind targets.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
The Large Storm Behind
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Blind Alley at Close Range
Figure 6-53 The Blind Alley
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Tornadoes
There are no conclusive radar target return characteristics which identify a tornado. However, tornadoes
may be present if the following characteristics are observed:
• A narrow, finger-like portion extends and in a short time curls into a hook and closes on itself.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• A hook, which may be in the general shape of the numeral 6 (9 in the southern hemisphere), especially
if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant (northeast quadrant in the southern hemisphere) of
a major thunderstorm.
• V-shaped notches.
• Doughnut shapes.
AFCS
These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes, and tornado returns are not limited to these characteristics.
Confirmed radar observations of tornadoes most often have not shown shapes different from those of a
normal thunderstorm display.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Hail
APPENDICES
Hail results from updrafts carrying water high enough to freeze. Therefore, the higher the top of a
thunderstorm, the greater the probability that it contains hail. Vertically scanning the target return can
give the radar top of a thunderstorm that contains hail. Radar top is the top of a storm cell as detected by
radar. It is not the actual top, or true top of the storm. The actual top of a storm cell is seen with the eyes
in clear air and may be much higher than the radar top. The actual top does not indicate the top of the
hazardous area.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Hail can fall below the minimum reflectivity threshold for radar detection. It can have a film of water on
its surface, making its reflective characteristics similar to a very large water droplet. Because of this film of
water, and because hail stones usually are larger than water droplets, thunderstorms with large amounts
of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain. Some hail shafts are extremely narrow (100 yards
or less) and make poor radar targets. In the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are dry (no liquid
coating), target returns are less intense.
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hail shafts are associated with the same radar target return characteristics as tornados. U-shaped cloud
edges three to seven miles across can also indicate hail. These target returns appear quite suddenly along
any edge of the cell outline. They also change in intensity and shape in a matter of seconds, making vigilant
monitoring essential.
OPERATION IN WEATHER MODE
EIS
WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. When transmitting while the aircraft is on the
ground, no personnel or objects should be within 9.16 feet of the antenna.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It is always a good idea to put the
radar in Standby mode before taxiing the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop
and possibly causing damage to the radar assembly.
When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically switches
to Standby mode on landing.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby mode. The system
remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system
cannot be controlled.
Antenna
Stabilization
Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Radar Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Scan Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-54 Horizontal Scan Display
322
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page:
1) Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob.
2) Press the MODE Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) While on the ground, press the STANDBY Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is
displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode.
a)
Press the WEATHER Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-55 Confirming Activating Radar
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to continue radar activation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
If the aircraft is airborne, press the WEATHER Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown
is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting.
4) Turn the RANGE Knob to select the desired map range.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) The horizontal scan is initially displayed (Figure 6-56). If desired, press the VERTICAL Softkey to change to
vertical scanning.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft wings level to avoid constant
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
adjustment of the Bearing Line.
1) While in the Horizontal Scan view, press the BRG Softkey. This places the cursor in the BEARING field and
displays the Bearing Line.
If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing
Line. Press the ENT Key.
EIS
2) Press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or other area to be vertically
scanned.
Bearing Line
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scan Line
AFCS
Figure 6-56 Bearing Line on Horizontal Scan
4) Press the VERTICAL Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is displayed (Figure 6-57).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few degrees right or left.
6) Turn the RANGE Knob to adjust the range.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
8) To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the HORIZON Softkey to return to the Horizontal Scan view
and repeat the previous steps.
INDEX
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right.
324
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-57 Vertical Scan Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting Antenna Tilt Angle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm cell, the radar beam should be pointed at the wet
part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall intensity (color level). The ideal aiming point is just
below the freezing level of the storm. The best way to find this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature. The
antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical scan to get a more accurate
view of the coverage and intensity of the target in the horizontal scan.
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt up and down.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
325
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display:
1) Press the TILT Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the Tilt Line.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press
the ENT Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt angle is implemented when Horizontal
Scan is selected again.
EIS
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Tilt Line
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scan Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-58 Adjusting Tilt on Vertical Scan Display
326
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting Gain
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
not representative of the true intensity. Remember to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the
actual intensity of precipitation.
1) Press the GAIN Softkey to activate the cursor in the GAIN field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The gain setting is visible in the GAIN field
as a movable horizontal bar in a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated position.
EIS
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
4) Press the GAIN Softkey again to recalibrate the gain. CALIBRATED is displayed in the GAIN field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Manual Gain Set Below Calibrated
Calibrated Gain
AFCS
Figure 6-59 Gain Calibration
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
327
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Sector Scan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing Line and place the cursor in the
BEARING field. If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select
Show Bearing Line.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-60 Selecting Sector Scan Position
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position. The location of the Bearing Line
becomes the center point of the Sector Scan.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the SECTOR SCAN field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select FULL, 60˚, 40˚, or 20˚ scan.
AFCS
6) If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the center of the Sector Scan.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The bearing reference is reset to 0º.
Figure 6-61 40˚ Sector Scan
328
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Antenna Stabilization
1) To activate or deactivate the antenna stabilization, press the MODE Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the STAB ON Softkey to activate antenna stabilization or press the STAB OFF Softkey to deactivate. The
current stabilization condition is shown in the upper right of the weather radar display.
WATCH® (Weather Attenuated Color Highlight)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displayed intensity is questionable.
Potentially stronger than displayed.
EIS
WATCH® identifies deceptively strong or unknown intensity parts of a storm. While in horizontal scan
mode, this feature can be used as a tool to determine areas of possible inaccuracies in displayed intensity due
to weakening of the radar energy. This weakening is known as attenuation. The radar energy weakens as
it passes through areas of intense precipitation, large areas of lesser precipitation, and distance. Issues with
the radome attenuates the radar energy. All these factors have an effect on the return intensity. The more
energy that dissipates, the lesser the displayed intensity of the return. Accuracy of the displayed intensity
of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect. Make maneuvering decisions with this information in
mind. Proper antenna tilt management should still be employed to determine the extent of attenuation in
a shaded area.
To activate or deactivate the WATCH® feature, press the WATCH Softkey.
Areas of attenuated
signal are shaded
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Horizontal Scan Without WATCH®
Horizontal Scan With WATCH®
APPENDICES
Figure 6-62 Horizontal Scan Without and With WATCH®
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Weather Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Weather Alert feature indicates the presence of heavy precipitation between the ranges of 80 and 320
nm regardless of the currently displayed range. Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the outer
range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns.
If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, an alert is displayed on the PFD in the
Alerts Window.
If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low, a weather alert can be generated by ground returns. To avoid
unwanted weather alerts, deselect the WX ALRT Softkey..
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Weather Alerts
Figure 6-63 Weather Alert Indications
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
To activate or deactivate Weather Alerts, press the WX ALRT Softkey. Activating and deactivating enables
or inhibits the alert on the PFD.
INDEX
Figure 6-64 Weather Alert on PFD
330
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GROUND MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A secondary use of the weather radar system is for the presentation of terrain. This can be a useful tool for
verifying aircraft position. A picture of the ground is represented much like a topographical map that can be
used as a supplement to the navigation map on the MFD.
Ground Map mode uses a different gain range than Weather mode. Different colors are also used to represent
the intensity levels. The displayed intensity of ground target returns are defined in the table below. Use of the
GAIN and TILT controls help improve contrast so that specific ground targets can be recognized more easily.
As previously discussed, the type and orientation of the target in relation to the aircraft affects the intensity
displayed.
EIS
When the weather radar system is in either the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically
switches to Standby mode upon landing.
Black
Light blue
Magenta
Blue
Intensity
0 dB
> 0 dB to < 9 dB
9 dB to < 18 dB
18 dB to < 27 dB
27 dB and greater
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Map
Mode Color
Table 6-4 Ground Target Return Intensity Levels
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Operation in Ground Map Mode
1) Press the MODE Softkey.
2) Press the GROUND Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode.
3) Press the BACK Softkey.
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the TILT field.
6) Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display ground returns at the desired distance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
331
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The radar mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Weather Radar Page. Additional information
may be displayed in the center of the Weather Radar Page as a banner annunciation.
Radar Mode
Radar Mode Annunciation Box
Center Banner Annunciation
Standby
STANDBY
STANDBY
Standby (During Warm-Up)
STANDBY
WARM-UP
XX
(XX indicates number of seconds
remaining in warm-up)
Weather
WEATHER
None
Ground Mapping
Off
Radar Failed*
GROUND MAPPING
OFF
FAIL
None
OFF
RADAR FAIL
* See Table 6-7 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-5 Radar Modes on the Weather Radar Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system displays the status of the radar antenna stabilization feature in the upper right corner of the
Weather Radar Page.
AFCS
Radar Antenna
Description
Stabilization Status
STAB ON
Antenna stabilization is selected on.
STAB OFF
Antenna stabilization is selected off.
The radar is not receiving pitch and roll information.
STAB INOP
The antenna stabilization feature is inoperative.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-6 Antenna Stabilization Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown as a banner in the center of the Weather
Radar Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Weather Radar
Page Center Banner
Description
Annunciation
BAD CONFIG
The radar configuration is invalid. The radar should be serviced.
RDR FAULT
The radar unit is reporting a fault. The radar should be serviced.
The system is not receiving valid data from the radar unit. The system
RADAR FAIL
should be serviced.
Table 6-7 Abnormal Radar Status Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
332
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.3 WX-500 STORMSCOPE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The optional L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Lightning and GDL 69/69A XM WX Satellite Weather
Lightning data cannot be displayed at the same time.
NOTE: The Stormscope system is not intended for hazardous thunderstorm penetration. Weather information
on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only. Refer to the WX-500 User’s Guide for a detailed
description of Stormscope operation.
EIS
The following pages can display Stormscope data:
• AUX - Video Page
• Nearest Pages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Stormscope Page
• Navigation Map
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Map - Stormscope Page is the principal page for viewing Stormscope data. Stormscope data can be displayed
on other map pages as an additional reference. To display Stormscope data on any map besides the Stormscope
Page, press the MAP Softkey (or the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map), then press the STRMSCP Softkey. These pages can also display cell or strike data using the yellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 6-8.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Table 6-8 Lightning Age and Symbols
SETTING UP STORMSCOPE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-65), press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’
(Figure 6-66), and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
INDEX
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-67).
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following options are available (Figure 6-66):
• STRMSCP LTNG – Turns the display of Stormscope data on or off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• STRMSCP MODE – Selects the CELL or STRIKE mode of lightning activity. Cell mode identifies clusters
or cells of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• STRMSCP SMBL – Selects the range at which Stormscope data displays. Stormscope data is removed
when a map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-65 Navigation Map
Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-66 Map Setup Menu
334
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CELL AND STRIKE MODE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity (Figure 6-67). Stormscope identifies
clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning
strikes.
Selecting the ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected, press the ENT Key.
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on ‘STRMSCP LTNG’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP MODE’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options. When an item is selected, press the
ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Lightning
Strikes
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope
Enabled
APPENDICES
Figure 6-67 Navigation Map Page with
Stormscope Lightning Data
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
335
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn
(Figure 6-68). This is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the
nose of the aircraft.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Manually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Clear Stormscope Lightning®’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key.
Figure 6-68 Navigation Map Page Options Menu
ZOOM RANGE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed up to 800 nm zoom range (in North up mode) on the Navigation
Map Page. However, in the track up mode at the 500 nm range, a portion of Stormscope lightning data
can be behind the aircraft and therefore not visible on the Navigation Map. Since the range for Stormscope
data is 400 nm diameter total (200 nm in front and 200 nm behind), the 500 nm range in North up mode
shows all the data.
AFCS
At a map range of less than 25 nm, Stormscope lightning data is not displayed, but can still be present.
The maximum zoom range can also be set on the Navigation Map. Note that Stormscope data above the
selected maximum zoom range is decluttered.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘MAP SETUP’.
APPENDICES
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP SMBL’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the maximum display range.
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or
counter-clockwise to zoom in. 336
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, and 200 nm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3) To change the map range, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or counter-clockwise to zoom in.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-69 Stormscope Page
AFCS
Changing between ‘cell’ and ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed.
3) Press the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the STRIKE Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or
‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
APPENDICES
Changing the viewing mode between 360˚ and 120˚ on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey. The 360 and ARC softkeys are displayed. Press the 360 Softkey to display a 360˚
viewing area or press the ARC Softkey to display a 120˚ viewing area.
INDEX
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
337
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.4 TAWS-B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately
EIS
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
situational awareness.
processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B) is used to increase situational awareness and aid in
reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and
obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. The displayed alerts and warnings are advisory
in nature only.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS-B satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
TAWS-B requires the following to operate properly:
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Terrain information is based
on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be
shown if available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content,
per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data
may be inaccurate.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
TAWS-B uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea
level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to
determine TAWS-B alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations
in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local
altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source. Therefore, GSL altitude
provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
APPENDICES
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-B are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and GSL
altitude, TAWS-B displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and “predict” the
aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS-B can provide
advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
INDEX
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
338
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing
from the baro-corrected altitude.
DISPLAYING TAWS-B DATA
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS-B uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the
aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in the figure and tables below are used to represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.
EIS
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1000 ft
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-70 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS-B
Obstacle Location
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Red obstacle is above or within 100’ below
current aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100’ and 1000’
below current aircraft altitude
AFCS
Table 6-9 TAWS-B Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Alert Type
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Example Annunciation
Warning
APPENDICES
Caution
Table 6-10 TAWS-B Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
The Map - TAWS-B Page is the principal page for viewing terrain and obstacle information. TAWS-B
information can also be displayed on the following pages and maps as an additional reference:
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
• PFD Inset Map
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When TAWS-B is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon is shown to indicate that the feature
is enabled for display. A legend for TAWS-B terrain colors will accompany the icon on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-71) and the Flight Plan Pages. The icon is always shown on the TAWS-B Page.
Figure 6-71 TAWS-B Icon and Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling the
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the
range setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
340
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-72).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-73).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-74).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
EIS
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-72 Navigation Map Page Menu
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-73 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-74 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to the
aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs)
can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-B Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
EIS
Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select TAWS-B Page.
Changing the TAWS-B Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
342
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
EIS
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-75 TAWS-B Page
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Map Range Arc
AFCS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Annunciation
Window
APPENDICES
Figure 6-76 TAWS-B Page (ARC View)
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
343
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS-B software algorithms. TAWS-B alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert
is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-11 shows
TAWS-B alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS-B Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B
Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PFD Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-up
Alert
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-77 TAWS-B Alert Annunciations
Terrain Display Enabled
Terrain Legend
INDEX
Alert Annunciation
Figure 6-78 Navigation Map Page
(After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
344
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PFD/MFD**
MFD Pop-Up Alert
Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Annunciation
Aural Message
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”*
*
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
*
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
*
AFCS
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
*
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
*
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
*
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
EIS
or
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
*
or
APPENDICES
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alert Type
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
INDEX
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent. Alerts for the default
configuration when more than one option is available are indicated with asterisks.
** Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-11 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
345
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the
aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-79 shows the
parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
EIS
4000
NK
: “SI
ion
Caut
3500
”
RATE
3000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
12000
11000
Descent Rate (FPM)
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
500
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-79 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
346
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of TAWS-B compares the aircraft’s projected flight
path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as either a
caution or a warning:
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-80. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TAWS-B Page.
EIS
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts
are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page. The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-80.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
600
500
400
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
700
300
200
100
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
AFCS
0
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance
From Runway (NM)
Figure 6-80 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
347
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-81).
800
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
600
500
400
300
PDA ALERTING AREA
200
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
0
0
Distance to Destination (NM)
Figure 6-81 PDA Alerting Threshold
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting
TAWS-B and the system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS-B is inhibited, the alert
annunciation ‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and on the TAWS-B Page of the MFD (Figure 6-82).
AFCS
Figure 6-82 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled
(TAWS-B Inhibited) Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Inhibiting/enabling PDA and FLTA alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:
APPENDICES
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
If TAWS-B alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach,
a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at
least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for
details.
348
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FIVE-HUNDRED AURAL ALERT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert of when the aircraft
descends to within 500 feet above the terrain or runway threshold. When the aircraft is within 5 nm of an
airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the nearest runway threshold elevation. When the aircraft
is more than 5 nm of the nearest airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the height above terrain
(as determined by the GPS altitude and Terrain Database).
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message
NEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain
alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following
conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
Figures 6-84 and 6-85 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b.
1000
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
AFCS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
900
200
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
100
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-83 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
1000
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
EIS
200
100
0
500
1000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Sink Rate (FPM)
Figure 6-84 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM STATUS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
During G1000 power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. The system test
can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is issued at test completion. TAWS-B System Testing is disabled
when ground speed exceeds 30 knots.
Alert Type
PFD/MFD* Alert
Annunciation
System Test in Progress
AFCS
System Test Pass
None
TAWS System Test Fail
TAWS-B Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Aural Message
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
* Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-12 TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key (Figure 6-85).
INDEX
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
350
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-85 TAWS-B Page Menu
EIS
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PFD/MFD* Alert TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Annunciation
Alert Type
No GPS position
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NO GPS POSITION
AFCS
None
Aural Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage
area
TAWS-B System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or invalid.
TAWS operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page. If airborne, the aural message
“TAWS Not Available” is also generated. When sufficient GPS signal returns and the aircraft is within the
database coverage area, the aural message “TAWS Available” is generated
APPENDICES
† Annunciation is shown on TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain display is enabled.
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-13 TAWS-B Abnormal Conditions
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.5 TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the
pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar
EIS
site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS.
Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: TIS is disabled if a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the
Mode S transponder for the traffic data link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated
every 5 seconds. The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to
3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. Traffic is displayed using the symbology shown in the table below.
TIS Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
AFCS
Table 6-14 TIS Traffic Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA,
a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A TA which is detected but is outside the range of the map on which
traffic is displayed are indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map.
APPENDICES
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic
information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of
the Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-90) or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page
on which traffic can be displayed.
INDEX
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below the
traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation
appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below. Altitude trend is displayed as
an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic
symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descent
information.
352
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
• PFD Inset Map
• Nearest Pages
• Navigation Map Page
• AUX - Video Page
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information. Additional displays of traffic
information are available as map overlays while TIS is operating, and serve as additional reference to the Traffic
Map Page. Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:
• Trip Planning Page
EIS
Traffic information is also displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed and
enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a status icon is shown to indicate the feature
is enabled for display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic Advisory
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Status
Banner
Annunciations
Traffic Display
Enabled Icon
Off Scale Traffic
Advisory
APPENDICES
Figure 6-86 TIS Traffic on the Navigation Map Page
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of traffic. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols
and labels) are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the
Navigation Map Page.
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-87).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-88).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-89).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-87 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-88 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
354
Figure 6-89 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Traffic Map Page is specialized to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current
position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up
unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 12 nm, as indicated
by the map range rings.
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to
Operating Mode and the G1000 begins to display traffic information. Refer to the System Status discussion for
more information.
EIS
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key.
Traffic Mode Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
“TIS Not Available”
Voice Alert Status
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
AFCS
Traffic Advisory, 500’
Below, Climbing
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Traffic Status
Banners
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
Select
to Mute
“TIS Not
Available”
Voice Alert
INDEX
Figure 6-90 Traffic Map Page
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDICES
Traffic Advisory
Off Scale
400’ Below, Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Range
Marking
Ring
“Non-Bearing” Traffic
(System Unable to
Determine Bearing)
Distance is 4.0 nm,
500’ Above,
Descending
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TIS ALERTS
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds
and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only
when the number of TAs increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation
are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second
TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another
voice alert is generated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
AFCS
Figure 6-91 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of
range. TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site.
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site.
APPENDICES
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000
feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder.
INDEX
The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting. TNA muting
status is shown in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
356
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the TNA MUTE Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key.
SYSTEM STATUS
EIS
The G1000 performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby
Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the transponder*
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DATA FAILED
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
The transponder has failed*
UNAVAILABLE
TIS is unavailable or out of range
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 6-15 TIS Failure Annunciations
Traffic System
has Failed
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Data Not
Received from
Transponder
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-92 TIS Power-up Test Failure
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
357
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby
Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once
the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode can be
changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TIS Operating
OPERATING
TIS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TIS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-17 for additional failure annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-16 TIS Modes
Switching between TIS modes:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper left
corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed (Table 6-17).
358
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TA OFF SCALE
AGE MM:SS
Traffic data has failed
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
TRFC UNAVAIL
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message)
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TRFC RMVD
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending)
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message)
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed
EIS
TRFC COAST
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA X.X ± XX ↕
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-17 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
359
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.6 GARMIN GTS 800 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in
visually acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It
is the responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed intermittently, or
not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb
descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
NOTE: TIS is disabled when a TAS installed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional Garmin GTS 800 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). It enhances flight crew situational awareness
by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The system also provides visual and aural
traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GTS 800 is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode A or C transponders, and
up to 30 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders. A maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest
threat potential can be displayed simultaneously. No TAS surveillance is provided for aircraft without operating
transponders.
THEORY OF OPERATION
AFCS
When the GTS 800 is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders of intruding aircraft while
monitoring transponder replies. The system uses this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and
if reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The GTS 800 then
calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach (CPA). If the closure
rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), visual and aural alerting is provided.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAS SURVEILLANCE VOLUME
INDEX
APPENDICES
The GTS 800 surveillance system monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude. Under ideal
conditions, the GTS 800 unit scans transponder traffic up to 12 nm in the forward direction. The range is
somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due to the directional interrogation signal patterns. In
areas of greater transponder traffic density or when TCAS II (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II)
systems are detected, the GTS 800 automatically reduces its interrogation transmitter power (and therefore
range) in order to limit potential interference from other signals.
360
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAS SYMBOLOGY
The GTS 800 uses symbology to depict intruding traffic using the symbols shown in Table 6-18.
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Symbol
Traffic Advisory
Traffic Advisory out of the selected
display range. Displayed at outer range
ring at proper bearing.
EIS
Proximity Advisory
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat Traffic
Table 6-18 GTS 800 Traffic Symbols
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a yellow circle, alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding
aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond
the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative
bearing of the intruder.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond, indicates the intruding aircraft is within
±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm that is
neither a TA or PA.
AFCS
Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in
hundreds of feet. When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a minus sign ‘-’
indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
A vertical trend arrow to the right of the intruder symbol indicates climbing or descending traffic with an
upward or downward-pointing arrow respectively.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight IDs may also be displayed with traffic symbols; see the Flight IDs discussion in this section for more
information.
On-ground aircraft with Mode S transponders are not displayed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
361
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TA ALERTING CONDITIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTS 800 automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA alerting
during flight phases likely to be near airports. The system applies Level A TA sensitivity when the groundspeed
is less than 120 knots; Level B TA sensitivity applies in all other conditions.
A
Yes
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A
No
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
B
Yes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS
Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available
B
No
TA Alerting Conditions
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within
600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within
800 feet.
Intruder range is less than 20 seconds.
AFCS
Table 6-19 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
TAS ALERTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• A single “Traffic!” voice alert is generated, followed by additional voice information about the bearing, relative
altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA (Table 6-20). The announcement
“Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft, above own
altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
APPENDICES
When the GTS 800 detects a new TA, the following occur:
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for five seconds and
remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area (Figure 6-93).
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
INDEX
If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead of a TA symbol. The text will indicate
“TA” followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
362
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially triggered the TA are no
longer present.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
Figure 6-93 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Relative Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bearing
Table 6-20 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
SYSTEM TEST
AFCS
NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution when performing a system
test during flight.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GTS 800 provides a system test mode to verify the TAS system is operating normally. The test takes ten
seconds to complete. When the system test is initiated, a test pattern of traffic symbols is displayed on the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-94. If the system test passes, the aural announcement “TAS System Test Passed”
is heard, otherwise the system announces “TAS System Test Failed.” When the system test is complete, the traffic system enters Standby Mode.
APPENDICES
Testing the traffic system:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern to be displayed during test.
INDEX
4) Press the TEST Softkey.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
363
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the ENT Key.
Test Mode Annunciation
EIS
Operating
Mode
Non-Threat
Traffic at
11 o’clock,
Distance 3.6
nm, 1000’
Above, Level
Proximity
Traffic at
1 o’clock,
Distance
3.6 nm,
1000’ Below,
Descending
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TA at 9 o’clock,
Distance 2.0
nm, 200’ Below,
Climbing
Figure 6-94 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
OPERATION
AFCS
NOTE: The GTS 800 automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE mode eight seconds after takeoff.
The unit also automatically transitions from OPERATE to STANDBY mode 24 seconds after landing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
After power-up, the GTS 800 is in Standby Mode. The GTS 800 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be
displayed and for TAs to be issued.
Pressing the OPERATE Softkey allows the traffic unit to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as
necessary. Pressing the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode.
APPENDICES
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
On the Traffic Page, press the STANDBY Softkey
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Standby Mode’.
INDEX
2) Press the ENT Key.
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Page, press the OPERATE Softkey
364
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Operate Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The traffic unit switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. It is the principal map page for viewing traffic information. Aircraft
orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE
Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
EIS
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner of the page.
Operating Mode
Traffic Advisory, 500’ Below, Climbing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Display
Range Rings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 4.0
nm, 500’ Above,
Descending
Traffic
Advisory OffScale, 400’
Below, Level
AFCS
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Proximity Traffic,
900’ Above,
Descending,
Flight ID
Displayed
Figure 6-95 Traffic Map Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. ‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic
mode field.
5) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
365
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Altitude Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed. TAs
occurring outside of these limits will always be shown.
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
EIS
• ABOVE: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• NORMAL: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below
the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• BELOW: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9000 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
•
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in step 2 above):
•
ABOVE
•
NORMAL
•
BELOW
•
UNRESTRICTED
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key.
366
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight ID Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight IDs of other aircraft (when available) can be enabled for display on the Traffic Map Page
(Figure 6-96). When a flight ID is received, it will appear above or below the corresponding traffic symbol
on the Traffic Map Page when this option is enabled.
Flight ID
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-96 Traffic Map Page with Flight ID Enabled
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on current state)
(Figure 6-97).
3) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-97 Traffic Map Page Menu
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Traffic Map Page Display Range
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
EIS
2) The following range options are available:
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC DISPLAYS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps on the MFD when the unit is operating:
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Traffic Map Page
• System Pages
• Trip Planning Page
• AUX - Video Page
• Nearest Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
Displaying traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
AFCS
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate traffic
is enabled for display (Figure 6-98).
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Ensure the traffic system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, press the MAP Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.
368
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Non-Threat
Traffic
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Advisory
Proximity Traffic
EIS
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic Status
Icon
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner Annunciation
Figure 6-98 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-99).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-100).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-101).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
AFCS
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Advisories only
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
369
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Figure 6-99 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-100 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-101 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the INSET Softkey. A traffic map
will appear in heading up orientation. Traffic information can also be overlaid with navigation, topographic
and optional XM Weather data.
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
370
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM STATUS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
TAS System Test
Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Operating
OPERATING
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
EIS
TAS Standby
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
* See Table 6-22 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-21 TAS Modes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
DATA FAILED
unit is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Table 6-22 TAS Failure Annunciations
AFCS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TRFC FAIL
INDEX
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation
in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/
descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
APPENDICES
TA X.X ± XX ↕
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-23 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
371
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.7 SKY497 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the SKY497 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of this Traffic Advisory System (TAS).
TAS SYMBOLOGY
EIS
The optional TAS is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board
interrogator-processor and an altitude reporting transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. The system displays
traffic information using the symbols shown below.
TAS Symbol
Description
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-24 TAS Symbol Description
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than
±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm.
AFCS
A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but
is still not considered a threat.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft. Closing rate, distance,
and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated
by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
372
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OPERATION
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed. The ability to switch from standby to operating
mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the OPERATE Softkey or press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select
Operating Mode.
2) If using the FMS menu, press the ENT Key to place the SKY497 in the operating mode.
EIS
3) To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page, press the STANDBY Softkey.
System Self Test
1) Set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full display of traffic test pattern.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the STANDBY Softkey.
3) Press the TEST Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When completed successfully, traffic symbols display
and a voice alert “Traffic Advisory System Test Passed” is heard. If the self test fails, the system reverts to
Standby Mode and a voice alert “Traffic Advisory System Test Failed” is heard.
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
• Nearest Pages
• Navigation Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Traffic Map Page
• AUX - Video Page
AFCS
• PFD Inset Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information. Additional displays of
traffic information are available as map overlays while TAS is operating, and serve as additional reference to
the Traffic Map Page. Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:
• Trip Planning Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
APPENDICES
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Press the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.
5) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. ‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic
mode field.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Operating
Mode
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Display
Range Ring
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
Traffic Advisory,
500’ Below,
Climbing
EIS
“Non-Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 4.0
nm, 500’ Above,
Descending
Traffic
Advisory Off
Scale, 400’
Below, Level
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity
Advisory, 900’
Above, Level
Figure 6-102 Traffic Map Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner.
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
AFCS
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS is
enabled for display.
374
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Non-Threat
Traffic
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Advisory
Proximity Traffic
EIS
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic Status
Icon
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner Annunciation
Figure 6-103 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Press the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the softkey again to remove traffic data.
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
375
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ALTITUDE DISPLAY
Changing the altitude display mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) On the Traffic Page, press the ALT MODE Softkey.
EIS
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Softkey.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGE
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
AFCS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) The following range options are available:
376
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-104).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-105).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-106).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
EIS
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-104 Navigation Map Page Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-105 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-106 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
377
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the TAS documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment.
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert is generated.
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and
remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
Figure 6-107 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
SYSTEM STATUS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TAS Self-test Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
APPENDICES
TAS Operating
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
OPERATING
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
INDEX
* See Table 6-26 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-25 TAS Modes
378
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Table 6-26 TAS Failure Annunciations
EIS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
TA OFF SCALE
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow
(climbing/descending)
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRFC FAIL
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TA X.X ± XX ↕
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
AFCS
Table 6-27 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
379
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Blank Page
380
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for the installed autopilot.
7.1 S-TEC FIFTY FIVE X AUTOPILOT (OPTIONAL)
NOTE: This section covers only the additional ‘AP’, ‘YD’, and ‘FD’ status annunciations that may appear in the
EIS
G1000 AFCS Status Box. These status annunciations are not analogous to both the G1000 and the S-TEC
Fifty Five X. Refer to the approved S-TEC Fifty Five X Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for a comprehensive
list of annunciations and operating instructions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In addition to the redundant status/mode annunciations and/or visual representations that are simultaneously
displayed on both the G1000 (AFCS Status Box and/or PFD) and the S-TEC Fifty Five X (Autopilot Display
and/or Remote Annunciator Display), the G1000 displays additional status/mode annunciations of ‘AP’ when
the autopilot is engaged, ‘YD’ when the Yaw Damper is engaged, and ‘FD’ when the Flight Director Mode is
engaged.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yaw
Damper
Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Autopilot
Status
Figure 7-1 Autopilot & Yaw Damper Engaged
(G1000 AFCS Status Box)
AFCS
Flight
Director
Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-2 Flight Director Mode Engaged
(G1000 AFCS Status Box)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
381
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Blank Page
382
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry another
source of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the G1000 include the following:
• Synthetic Vision System (SVS)
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
EIS
• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts
• SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Scheduler
• Electronic Checklists
• Flight Data Logging
• Auxiliary Video (Optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features on
the PFD. SVS imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as the
flight path pertaining to the active flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.
The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic
charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be
configured in the system, but not both.
AFCS
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles
more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports. SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices
and longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as
Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Alerts Window on the PFD.
Optional checklists help to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground or during flight.
APPENDICES
The Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card.
Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system
can display video for up to two inputs.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 SYNTHETIC VISION SYSTEM (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVS is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SVS terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed
even if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid
with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the
terrain.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck. SVS
depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of
view is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVS information is shown on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑89). The depicted imagery is
derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database of
terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning that
the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for the
operation of SVS. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVS to
be disabled until the required data is restored.
The Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) is integrated within SVS to provide visual and auditory
alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the projected flight path. Terrain alerts
are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
AFCS
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVS.
• Pathways
• Airport Signs
• Flight Path Marker
• Runway Display
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Terrain Alerting
• Traffic Display
• Obstacle Alerting
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following SVS enhancements appear on the PFD:
384
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery
SVS OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVS is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.
AFCS
SVS functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function Softkeys,
including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVS feature softkeys. The softkeys are
labeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to the previous
level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVS feature may be activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey is
activated (gray with black characters). After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS,
and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power
is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY
softkeys is remembered by the system.
APPENDICES
• PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
• SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD
SYN VIS
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
BACK
EIS
PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys.
Figure 8-2 SVS Softkeys
Activating and deactivating SVS:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVS display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey.
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey.
386
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SVS FEATURES
Pathways
Color
Matches CDI
Indicating
NAV Source
Flight
Path
Marker
Airplane
Symbol
EIS
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
Airport
Runway
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Synthetic
Terrain
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS
Softkeys
Figure 8-3 SVS on the Primary Flight Display
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
AFCS
PATHWAYS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored
rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The
height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the
pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan (Figure 8-4).
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and
navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a
green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg.
387
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Programmed
Altitudes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude
AFCS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath/glideslope information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and
some LNAV approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used
independent of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the
display when the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the
active leg when leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that
would lead to intercepting a leg in the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg
of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the
first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVS
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum
of four.
INDEX
Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with aircraft performance. Flight
plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above the aircraft at the altitude
selected or programmed.
388
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Descent and Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6). When the flight plan
includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the
selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical
descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral
and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
AFCS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
APPENDICES
Figure 8-5 SVS Pathways, Enroute and Descent
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Missed Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
FAF
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
by pathway
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
MAHP
INDEX
Figure 8-6 SVS Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
390
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT PATH MARKER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
EIS
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
AFCS
Wind
Vector
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways
ZERO PITCH LINE
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the aircraft attitude with respect
to the horizon. It may not align with the terrain horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or
when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
391
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
HORIZON HEADING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey.
TRAFFIC
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVS display or may appear as a
EIS
partial symbol.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems. Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVS
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVS display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIRPORT SIGNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from
an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the
airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.
AFCS
Traffic
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
Figure 8-8 Airport Signs
392
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RUNWAYS
WARNING: Do not use SVS runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not
displayed.
EIS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations, where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Runway
Selected for
Approach
Other
Runway
on Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-9 Airport Runways
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
393
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TAWS ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays. For more
detailed information regarding TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.
EIS
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVS field of view to the left or right of the
aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain
Caution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert
394
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found
on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the
aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.
EIS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Obstacle
Warning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
Figure 8-11 Obstacle
AFCS
FIELD OF VIEW
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
Configuring field of view:
APPENDICES
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
395
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Field of
View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option
Figure 8-12 Option Menus
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to FIELD OF VIEW.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF
VIEW turned on.
APPENDICES
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
INDEX
SVS View on the PFD
Field of View on the MFD
Figure 8-13 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
396
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.2 SAFETAXI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to
show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at
lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.
EIS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
• VOR Information Page
• Inset Map (PFD)
• User Waypoint Information Page
• Weather Datalink Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Airport Information Page
• Nearest Pages
• Intersection Information Page
• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Navigation Map Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NDB Information Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Taxiway
Identification
Aircraft
Position
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport Hot
Spot Outline
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport
Features
Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page
DCLTR
Softkey
Removes
Taxiway
Markings
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR-2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey is
pressed for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings and
airport feature labels. Pressing the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection
names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout, unless
the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back to the original
map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
APPENDICES
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
INDEX
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
398
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option
EIS
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SAFETAXI
Option
AFCS
SafeTaxi
Range
Options
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or
not available.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
SafeTaxi Database
Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
Definition
Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle.
SafeTaxi database has expired.
AFCS
Database card contains no SafeTaxi data.
Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found
on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-18.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is
shown.
400
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 11S1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1 – Indicates the first issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. SafeTaxi
EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SafeTaxi Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data is
current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in blue
when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue
in the REGION field if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card (Figure 8‑19). An expired SafeTaxi
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
APPENDICES
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey a second time. The softkey label will change to PFD1 DB. The DATABASE
window will now be displaying database information for PFD1. As before, scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
Select the PFD1 DB Softkey. The softkey label will change to PFD2 DB. The DATABASE window will now
display database information for PFD2. Again, scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob
or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-19 illustrates possible SafeTaxi database conditions that may appear on the AUX - System Status
Page. The EFFECTIVE date is the beginning date for this database cycle. If the present date is before the
effective date, the EFFECTIVE date appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue. The EXPIRES date
is the revision date for the next database cycle. NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is before Effective Date
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
SafeTaxi Database Not Installed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Database Status
402
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.3 CHARTVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full
color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view
of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• NOTAMs
EIS
• Approaches
CHARTVIEW SOFTKEYS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM,
and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE,
MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SHW CHRT
CHRT
INFO
DP
STAR
APR
WX
NOTAM
AFCS
CHRT OPT
GO BACK
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
HEADER
PLAN
PROFILE
MINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCN
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALL
BACK
APPENDICES
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
Figure 8-20 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-21 Option Menus
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a
selected airport.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-22 Chart Not Available Banner
INDEX
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-23 Unable To Display Chart Banner
404
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
AFCS
Chart Scale
Select Desired
Approach Chart
From Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Scroll Through
Chart With
the Joystick
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-24 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
405
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing
the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within
the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears
(Figure 8‑28). If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The
Aircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Colorado Springs, CO (KCOS)
Airport Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page
Figure 8-25 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
406
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram chart when the view is on a terminal
procedure chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram chart, pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey
returns to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within
the chart boundaries. In the example shown, the aircraft is turning onto Taxiway Romeo on the Charlotte, NC
(KCLT) airport.
EIS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using
the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information; the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and
Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aircraft
Current
Position
AFCS
Figure 8-26 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
407
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown in Figure 8-26, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-27).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Chart Not
To Scale
INDEX
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-28 Departure Information Page
408
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart Not
To Scale
EIS
Change Range
and Scroll
Through the
Chart With the
Joystick
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-29 Arrival Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 8-30 Approach Information Page
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as
METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when
an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM WX Satellite Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WX Info
When
Available
WX Softkey
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-31 Weather Information Page
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Pressing
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-31. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections.
410
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTAM
Softkey
Appears for
Selected
Airports
Figure 8-32 NOTAM Softkey Highlighted
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local
NOTAM on
This Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
NOTAM
Softkey
Selected
Figure 8-33 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs
INDEX
Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight
Plan Page).
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-20).
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Complete
Chart
Shown
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-34 Approach Information Page, ALL View
412
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Approach
Chart
Briefing Strip
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, Header View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
Chart Plan
View
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Plan View
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
413
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approach
Chart Descent
Profile Strip
Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the
approach chart.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Minimum
Descent
Altitude/
Visibility Strip
Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width
414
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey
changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
Figure 8-39 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Pressed
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows
(AIRPORT, INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown).
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired
choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Available
Information
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Full
Screen and Chart
with Info Window
Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
INDEX
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
416
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-41 Page Menus
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-42 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑43).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
418
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-43 Arrival Information Page, Day View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Night View
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHARTVIEW CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the
cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no
longer available for viewing. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of the
ChartView database. See the table below for the various ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definition
of each.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView Database
Figure 8-45 Power-up Page, ChartView Database
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed.
Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle
is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after
expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or the
system has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number
for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is not
available.
Table 8-2 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
420
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The database
CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow
text. When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later. This is
shown as the DISABLES date. When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing. The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView is
installed.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
EIS
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the ChartView database information is
shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 1103, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
03 – Indicates the third issue of the ChartView database for the year
The EXPIRES date 17–FEB–11 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The DISABLES date 28–APR–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ChartView
Data
APPENDICES
Figure 8-46 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
The ChartView database is provided directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-47. The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database
cycle is no longer viewable. CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicates no ChartView data is available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
ChartView has Expired, but is not Disabled
ChartView Database is Disabled
ChartView Database is Not Available
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Database Status
422
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.4 FLITECHARTS
• Departure Procedures (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are
displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. FliteCharts database subscription is available
from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
• Airport Diagrams
FLITECHARTS SOFTKEYS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO, DP, STAR, APR, WX, and
GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of
softkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO
DP
STAR
APR
WX
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SHW CHRT
GO BACK
AFCS
Presssing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
FIT WDTH
FULL SCN
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALL
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-48 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-49 Option Menus
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Figure 8-50 Chart Not Available Banner
INDEX
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-51 Unable To Display Chart Banner
424
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pan Chart
With the
Joystick
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-52 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
425
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts. The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, and
the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey alternates between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
FliteCharts and
Navigation Map Page
INDEX
Figure 8-53 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
426
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram chart when the view is on a terminal
procedure chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram chart, pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey
returns to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-53) or to
the right of the chart (Figure 8-54) for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO‑1
or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has three additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Alternate
Minimums, and Take-off Minimums.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Info Box
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-54 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown in Figure 8-54, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Take-off Minimums and Departure Procedures Chart (Figure 8-55).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-55 Airport Information Page, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Figure 8-56 Departure Information Page
428
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-57 Arrival Information Page
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 8-58 Approach Information Page
429
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver. Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM WX Satellite Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT,
INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys
are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
WX Info
When
Available
AFCS
Info Available
on This Airport
Chart Not
To Scale
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Softkeys are
Blank during
Info Box
Selection
APPENDICES
Figure 8-59 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected
WX Softkey
Selected
INDEX
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page).
430
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-48).
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Complete
Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-60 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-61 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
432
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on
Full Screen and Chart
with Info Window
AFCS
Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
433
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-63 Page Menus
434
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-64 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑65).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
435
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-65 Approach Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-66 Approach Information Page, Night View
436
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLITECHARTS CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle
expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer
available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays
the current status of the FliteCharts database. See the table below for the various FliteCharts Power-up Page
displays and the definition of each.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FliteCharts Database
Figure 8-67 Power-up Page, FliteCharts Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
AFCS
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts
database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the
180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for
viewing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Table 8-3 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-68. ‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus a
date in white, indicates the chart database is current. ‘Chart data is out of date!’ in yellow, indicates charts are
still viewable, but approaching the disable date.
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable. ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The FliteCharts
database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear in
either blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is not
within the current subscription period.
EIS
FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing. This date is shown as the DISABLES date. After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey
label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the FliteCharts database information is
shown.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 1102, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
02 – Indicates the second issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 10–FEB–11 is the first date that this database is current.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The FliteCharts EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the last date that this database is current.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The DISABLES date 10–SEP–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
INDEX
FliteCharts
Data
Figure 8-68 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available
438
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other four possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EFFECTIVE date, in
yellow, indicates the current date preceeds the date the FliteCharts database becomes effective. The EXPIRES
date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that
this database cycle is no longer viewable. NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate the FliteCharts database is not
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts Expired, but is not Disabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is Before Effective Date
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts Database is Not Available
Figure 8-69 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Datbase Status
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
439
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.5 AOPA AIRPORT DIRECTORY
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) Airport Directory database offers detailed information
regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport
Information Page by selecting the INFO Softkey until INFO-2 is displayed as shown in Figure 8-70.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-70 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
440
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AOPA DATABASE CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The AOPA Airport Directory database is revised four times per year. Check fly.garmin.com for the current
database. The Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the
system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AOPA Database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-71 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database
Power-up Page Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Definition
Normal operation. AOPA Airport Directory database is valid and within
current cycle.
AOPA Airport Directory database has expired.
Database card contains no AOPA Airport Directory data.
AFCS
Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airport Directory Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be
found on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-72.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
441
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Select the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the Airport Directory database information
is shown.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 11D1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory
1 – Indicates the first issue of the Airport Directory database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Airport Directory EFFECTIVE date 11–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The
Airport Directory EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Directory
Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-72 AUX – System Status Page, Airport Directory Current Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
Airport Directory information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when
data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in
blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Table 8-4). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the
REGION field if Airport Directory data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
442
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO (OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about XM WX Satellite Weather products.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for
the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services
at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment audio is available only on the GDL 69A Data Link
Receiver, not the GDL 69.
EIS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.siriusxm.com.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on
the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A. Either or both services can be activated. SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-73)
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
activation data when the SiriusXM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal SiriusXM
Satellite Radio operation, but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently pressed during flight. Refer
to the GDL 69/69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for further
information.
APPENDICES
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group.
INDEX
4) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
443
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
6) Press the LOCK Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
Data
Radio ID
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Audio
Radio ID
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Weather
Products
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys
Figure 8-73 XM Information Page
LOCK Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation
Data During
Initial Setup
AFCS
If XM WX Satellite Weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on
the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather
Data Link Page (Map Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for
subscription.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
USING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
APPENDICES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.
INDEX
3) Press the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
444
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active
Channel
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Channel
List
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Volume
Field
Categories
Field
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-74 XM Radio Page
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the SiriusXM
Radio is using.
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category. Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
AFCS
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the
CH – Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
APPENDICES
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
INDEX
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel
number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CATEGORY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:
1) Press the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
EIS
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob
and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.
AFCS
Figure 8-75 Categories List
PRESETS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
pressing the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to
the channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
APPENDICES
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).
INDEX
2) Press the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five
channels (PS11 – PS15). Pressing the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
446
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
4) Press the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys
EIS
Press MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels
Press SET to
Save Each
Preset Channel
Figure 8-76 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top level
softkeys.
VOLUME
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Radio volume is shown as a percentage of full volume. Volume level is controlled by pressing the VOL
Softkey, which brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
3) Press the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Press the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-77 Volume Control
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
447
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.7 SCHEDULER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Change oil, Switch fuel tanks,
or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on
a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset
to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages are retained until
deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-78 Scheduler (Utility Page)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alerts Window and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
• One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
INDEX
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
448
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key.
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message text.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scheduler messages appear in the Messages Window on the PFD. When a scheduler message is waiting, the
ALERTS Softkey label changes to ADVISORY. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Messages Window
and acknowledges the scheduler message. The softkey label reverts to ALERTS when pressed. Pressing the
ALERTS Softkey again removes the Messages Window from the display, and the scheduler message is deleted
from the message queue.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-79 PFD Messages Window
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.8 ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The checklists presented in this section are for example only and may not reflect checklists actually
available for the Kodiak 100. The information described in this section is not intended to replace the
checklist information described in the AFM or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are created by the aircraft
EIS
manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer.
The user cannot edit these checklists.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The optional Checklist functions are displayed on two levels of softkeys that are available from any MFD
page.
(Optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ENGINE
MAP
DCLTR
ENGINE
SHW CHRT CHKLIST
CHECK
EXIT
EMERGCY
The CHECK Softkey label changes to UNCHECK
when the checklist item is already checked.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-80 Checklist Softkeys
The MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper
procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The G1000 accesses the checklists from an SD card
inserted into the bezel slot. If the SD card contains an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Splash
Screen displays Invalid Checklist File or Checklist File Not Present and the CHKLIST Softkey is not available.
AFCS
Accessing and navigating checklists:
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘GROUP’ field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘CHECKLIST’ field.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The selected checklist item is
indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6) Press the ENT Key or press the CHECK Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The line item turns green
and a checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
INDEX
Press the CLR Key or press the UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
450
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
10) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-81 Sample Checklist
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
451
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Accessing emergency procedures:
1) From any page on the MFD, press the CHKLIST Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the EMERGCY Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key or press the CHECK Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist item. The line item
turns green and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it. The next line item is automatically highlighted for
checking.
EIS
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or press the UNCHECK Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*CHECKLIST NOT FINISHED*’ will be
displayed in yellow text.\
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘GO TO NEXT CHECKLIST?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the RETURN Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) Press the EXIT Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
Figure 8-82 Emergency Checklist Page Example
452
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.9 FLIGHT DATA LOGGING
NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up
to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each
1GB of available space on the card.
EIS
Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes that date (dataYYYY_MM_DD.csv). The file is
created automatically each time the G1000 system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the AUX-UTILITY Page. If no SD card has been
inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed. When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed.
The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
The following is a list of data parameters the G1000 system is capable of logging for the Quest Kodiak 100
aircraft.
• Time
• GPS altitude (MSL)
• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)
• Baro Correction (in/Hg)
• GPS horizontal alert limit
• Magnetic Heading (degrees)
• HSI source
• GPS vertical speed (fpm)
• OAT (degrees C)
• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)
• GPS vertical alert limit
• SBAS GPS horizontal protection
level
• Nav1/Nav2 frequency
• Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals)
• CDI deflection
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• VDI/GP/GS deflection
• Oil Pressure (psi)
• Wind Direction (degrees)
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
• Wind Speed (knots)
• ITT (deg. F)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Torque
• Distance to next waypoint (nm)
• NP
• Bearing to next waypoint
(degrees)
• NG
APPENDICES
• Com1/Com2 frequency
• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• True airspeed (knots)
• GPS fix
AFCS
• Vertical speed (fpm)
• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)
• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;
+East)
• Selected course
• Indicated airspeed (kts)
• Ground Speed (kts)
• Autopilot On/Off
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)
• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;
+North)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Date
• Magnetic variation (degrees)
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
453
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-80. This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.
Local Date
YYMMDD
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
EIS
log_110210_104506_KIXD.csv
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-83 Log File Format
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page.
454
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.10 AUXILIARY VIDEO
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 system provides a control and display interface to an auxiliary video system. The system can display
video for up to two inputs.
There are four modes of operation of the auxiliary video display: Full-Screen, Full-Screen with Digital Zoom,
Split-Screen with Map, and Split-Screen with Map and Digital Zoom.
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select VIDEO and display the AUX-VIDEO Page.
The video display softkeys shown below appear on the AUX - VIDEO Page.
MAP
INPUT
SETUP
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENGINE
ZOOM IN ZOOM OUT MAP ACTV HIDE MAP
VID ACTV
CNTRST +
BRIGHT -
BRIGHT +
SAT -
SAT +
RESET
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CNTRST -
BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Previous Level Softkeys.
Figure 8-84 Video Display Softkeys
Control of the AUX - VIDEO Page can also be accessed through the Page Menu.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Figure 8-85 AUX - VIDEO Page Menu
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Selecting video menu options:
1) While viewing the AUX - VIDEO Page press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option and press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to the AUX - VIDEO Page.
VIDEO SETUP
EIS
Video brightness, contrast, and saturation may be adjusted be selecting the setup function. While viewing
the setup function softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the AUX - VIDEO Page
softkeys.
Adjusting the video settings:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) With the AUX-VIDEO Page displayed, press the SETUP Softkey.
2) Press the BRIGHT - or BRIGHT +, to adjust display brightness in five percent increments from 0 to
100%.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the CNTRST- or CNTRST +, to adjust display contrast in five percent increments from 0 to
100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturationin five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
5) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the RESET Softkey to return the display to the default settings.
DISPLAY SELECTION
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey removes the map and displays video on the full screen. The softkey label
changes to grey with black characters. Pressing the HIDE MAP Softkey again restores the map view and the
small video image. The softkey label returns to white characters on a black background.
456
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Input 1
Displayed
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Video
Display
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map
View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-86 AUX - Video Split-Screen
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-87 Full Screen Video Display
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INPUT SELECTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ZOOM/RANGE
While on the AUX - VIDEO Page, press the INPUT Softkey to select Input 1 or Input 2. The selected input
is displayed in the upper left of the video display.
EIS
When zooming in on the video display, a Zoom Window will appear in the upper right of the display. A box
within this window indicates the portion of the display currently being viewed. The currently displayed portion
of the full display may be adjusted by using Joystick.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The RANGE Knob can be used to increase or decrease the range setting on the map display or zoom in and
out on the video display. While in the Split-Screen mode, pressing the MAP ACTV or VID ACTV Softkey
determines which display the RANGE Knob adjusts. Pressing the softkey to display MAP ACTV allows the
RANGE Knob to control the range setting of the map display. Pressing the softkey to display VID ACTV allows
the RANGE Knob to control the zoom setting of the video display.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the VID ZM + or VID ZM - Softkeys increases or decreases video display magnification between 1x
and 10x.
Zoom
Window
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current
View
INDEX
Figure 8-88 Zoom Window
458
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.11 ABNORMAL OPERATION
SVS TROUBLESHOOTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVS is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVS is
disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVS data, the PFD
display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVS becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
EIS
• Heading data
• GPS position data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• 9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
REVERSIONARY MODE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVS will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVS PFD display will
be shown in the interim.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-89 SVS Reversionary Mode
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly to
correct the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or
bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during
extreme pitch attitudes.
Figure 8-90 Unusual Attitude Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.
AFCS
Blue Band
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-91 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
460
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GDL 69/69A DATA LINK RECEIVER TROUBLESHOOTING
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM
• Ensure the SiriusXM subscription has been activated
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
EIS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.
Selecting the System Status Page:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-92 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
OFF AIR
---
Message Location
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Weather Datalink Page - center of page
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Acquiring channel audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page
within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
Weather Datalink Page - center of page SiriusXM subscription is not activated
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 8-5 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages
462
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
NOTE: The KODIAK 100 aircraft Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) supersedes information found in this
document.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using a combination of the following items:
EIS
• Annunciation Window: The Annunciation Window displays abbreviated annunciation text. Text color is based
on alert levels described later in the Alert Levels Definitions section. The Annunciation Window is located
to the right of the Altitude and Vertical Speed boxes on the display. All KODIAK 100 annunciations can
be displayed simultaneously in the Annunciation Window. A white horizontal line separates annunciations
that are acknowledged from annunciations that are not yet acknowledged. Higher priority annunciations are
displayed towards the top of the window. Lower priority annunciations are displayed towards the bottom of
the window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window displays alert text messages. Up to 64 prioritized alert messages can be
displayed in the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS
Softkey a second time removes the Alerts Window from the display. When the Alerts Window is displayed, the
pilot can use the large FMS Knob to scroll through the alert message list.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System
Annunciation
Red ‘X’
Annunciation
Window
AFCS
Alerts Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure A-1 G1000 Alerting System
ALERTS Softkey
Annunciation
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
• Softkey Annunciation: During certain alerts, the ALERTS Softkey may appear as a flashing annunciation to
accompany an alert. The ALERTS Softkey assumes a new label consistent with the alert level (WARNING,
CAUTION, or ADVISORY). By pressing the softkey annunciation, the pilot acknowledges awareness of the
alert. The softkey then returns to the previous ALERTS label. If alerts are still present, the ALERTS label will
be displayed in inverse video (white background with black text). The pilot can press the ALERTS Softkey a
second time to view alert text messages.
463
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears in windows when a failure is detected in the LRU providing
the information to the window. See the G1000 System Annunciations section for more information.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Audio Alerting System: The G1000 System issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met.
See the Alert Level Definitions Section for more information. The annunciation tone may be tested from the
AUX - System Status Page.
Testing the system annunciation tone:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page.
2) Press the ANN TEST Softkey.
EIS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Highlight ‘Enable Annunciator Test Mode’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Press to Test
Annunciation Tone
Figure A-2 System Status Page, Annunciation Tone Testing
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONS
The G1000 Alerting System, as installed in the KODIAK 100 aircraft, uses three alert levels.
APPENDICES
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. A warning alert is annunciated in the
Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation
Window is RED. A warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing WARNING Softkey annunciation, as
shown in Figure A-3. Pressing the WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert and
stops the aural tone, if applicable.
INDEX
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. A caution alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a single
aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is YELLOW. A caution alert is also accompanied
by a flashing CAUTION Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-4. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the caution alert.
464
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Figure A-4 CAUTION Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-5 ADVISORY Softkey
Annunciation
EIS
Figure A-3 WARNING Softkey
Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• MESSAGE ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. A message advisory
alert does not issue annunciations in the Annunciation Window. Instead, message advisory alerts only
issue a flashing ADVISORY Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-5. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the Alerts
Window.
AIRCRAFT ALERTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following alerts are configured specifically for the the KODIAK 100 aircraft. See the KODIAK 100 Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) for information regarding pilot responses.
WARNING ALERTS
Audio Alert/(Repeating)
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
Cargo door is not closed and locked (in air).
Chip has been detected in prop gearbox.
Engine inlet in normal position. Select bypass.
Engine inlet failed to reach bypass position.
Both fuel selectors are off.
Maximum flap speed has been exceeded.
ITT red line has been exceeded.
NG red line has been exceeded
NP red line has been exceeded
Engine oil pressure is low.
Maximum airspeed exceeded.
Fuel starvation imminent.
TKS fluid quantity low. Less than 1.5 gallons.
Low TKS flow rate.
Low TKS fluid presssure.
Engine torque red line has been exceeded.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Annunciation Window Text
CARGO DOOR
CHIP DETECTOR
INLET NOT BP
INLET NOT BP
FUEL OFF L-R
FLAP OVERSPEED
ITT
NG OVERSPEED
NP OVERSPEED
OIL PRESS LOW
OVERSPD WARN
RESERVOIR FUEL
TKS LOW QTY
TKS LOW FLOW
TKS LOW PRESS
TORQUE
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Alerts Window Message
Alternator is inoperative.
Cargo door is not closed and locked (on ground).
Emergency power lever is active.
Flaps system is inoperative.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
Audio Alert
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
INDEX
Annunciation Window Text
ALTERNATR FL
CARGO DOOR
EMER PWR LVR
FLAP FAIL
APPENDICES
CAUTION ALERTS
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Annunciation Window Text
INLET NOT NRM
FUEL LOW L
FUEL LOW R
FUEL LOW L-R
FUEL PRESS LOW
GEN FAIL
HI ICE SPEED
INLET SW FAULT
LO ICE SPEED
PITOT FL L
PITOT FL R
PITOT FL L-R
PITOT OFF L
PITOT OFF R
PITOT OFF L-R
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
STALL HT FL
TKS BACKUP
TKS LOW QTY
TKS HI FLOW
TKS HI PRESS
VOLTAGE LOW
Alerts Window Message
Engine inlet failed to reach normal position.
Left fuel tank quantity is low.
Right fuel tank quantity is low.
Fuel quantity is low.
Fuel pressure is low.
Generator is inoperative.
Ice protection airspeed high.
Engine inlet position switch fault.
Ice protection airspeed low.
Left pitot heater is inoperative.
Right pitot heater is inoperative.
Both pitot heaters are inoperative.
Left pitot heater is off.
Right pitot heater is off.
Both pitot heaters are off.
Stall/AOA vane heater failure.
Backup TKS pump selected.
TKS fluid quantity low. Less than 23 minutes.
High TKS flow rate.
High TKS fluid pressure.
Bus voltage is below 24.0 V.
Audio Alert
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
ANNUNCIATION ADVISORY
Alerts Window Message
Auxiliary fuel pump is on.
Air conditioning inhibited due to insufficient Ng.
Propeller system is operating in beta mode.
Engine inlet in bypass position.
Left fuel selector is off.
Right fuel selector is off.
Engine ignition is active.
Engine starter is active.
TKS high mode selected.
TKS max mode selected.
TKS normal mode selected.
Audio Alert
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Annunciation Window Text
AUX PUMP ON
AIR COND INH
BETA
ENG INLET BP
FUEL OFF L
FUEL OFF R
IGNITION ON
STARTER ON
TKS HI MODE
TKS MAX MODE
TKS NRM MODE
466
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NORMAL OPERATING ANNUNCIATION
Annunciation Window Text
ENG INLET NRM
Alerts Window Message
Engine inlet in normal position.
Audio Alert
None
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MESSAGE ADVISORY ALERTS
Alerts Window Message
AVN FAN 1 FAIL – Avionics cooling fan #1 is inoperative.
AVN FAN 2 FAIL – Avionics cooling fan #2 is inoperative.
Audio Alert
None
None
EIS
AURAL ALERTS
Description
The aircraft has descended below the preset minimum descent altitude or decision
altitude.
“Vertical track”
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is
enabled.
“Traffic”
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the TIS system or the optional GTS
800 TAS system. See the Hazard Avoidance section for additional details on GTS 800
voice alerts.
“Traffic, Traffic”
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the optional SKY 497 TAS system.
See the Skywatch PG for additional details on voice alerts.
“TIS Not Available”
The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service (TIS) coverage area.
Played when the optional traffic system passes a pilot-initiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Passed” - SKY 497 TAS
“TAS System Test Passed”
- GTS 800 TAS
Played when the optional traffic system fails a pilot-initiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Failed” - SKY 497 TAS
“TAS System Test Fail”
- GTS 800 TAS
“One o’clock” through
Intruder bearing (GTS 800 only)
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if Intruder relative altitude (GTS 800 only)
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
Intruder distance (GTS 800 only)
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Aural Alert
“Minimums, minimums”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Some aural alerts are configured for ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ gender by using the Aux System Setup Page on the MFD.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
NOTE: Voice alerts are provided to the G1000 by GIA 63/W #1. Should this unit fail, audio and voice alerts will no
longer be available.
467
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in the sensors exceed
a specified amount, this discrepency is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a ‘MISCOMP’ (miscompare)
as seen in Figure A-6. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, it is annunciated as a ‘NO COMP’ (no
compare). The following is a list of the possible annunciations:
Comparator Window Text
ALT MISCOMP
EIS
IAS MISCOMP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
HDG MISCOMP
PIT MISCOMP
ROL MISCOMP
ALT NO COMP
IAS NO COMP
HDG NO COMP
PIT NO COMP
ROL NO COMP
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in sensors is > 10 knots.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in sensors is > 7 knots.
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
No data from one or both heading sensors.
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
No data from one or both roll sensors..
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Comparator
Window
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure A-6 Sensor Comparator Window
468
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Condition
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Attitude & Heading Reference System.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Attitude & Heading Reference System.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one GPS receiver.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two GPS receiver.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
BOTH ON ADC1
BOTH ON ADC2
BOTH ON AHRS1
BOTH ON AHRS2
BOTH ON GPS1
BOTH ON GPS2
USING ADC1
USING ADC2
USING AHRS1
USING AHRS2
USING GPS1
USING GPS2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in the Reversionary Sensor Window, as shown in Figure A-7.
These annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey
gives access to ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 Softkeys. These softkeys allow manual switching of sensors. In
the case of certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS
sensor cannot be switched manually.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure A-7 Reversionary Sensor Windows
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a new alert is issued, the ALERT Softkey will flash to alert the pilot of a new message. It will continue
to flash until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. Active alerts are displayed in white text. Alerts that have
become inactive will change to gray text. The ALERT Softkey will flash if the state of a displayed alert changes
or a new alert is displayed. The inactive alerts can be removed from the Alert Window by pressing the flashing
ALERT Softkey.
EIS
The G1000 System Messages convey messages to the pilot regarding problems with the G1000 system. When
an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data.
The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional information
regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GRS 77 AHRS
Or
GMU 44
Magnetometer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
Or
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GTX 33 Transponder
Or
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units
Figure A-6 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
INDEX
APPENDICES
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units
470
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Annunciation
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning.
Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Display is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer.
AFCS
Display is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation use.
Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation. AHRS operation may
be degraded if GPS signals are not present (see AFMS).
Display is not receiving valid transponder information.
Other Various Red X Indications
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
A red ‘X’ through any other display field, such as engine instrumentation fields,
indicates that the field is not receiving valid data.
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU
or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
NOTE: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the
EIS
system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must
be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The KODIAK 100 Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Alerts Window Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD2 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
472
Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming
the display. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Comments
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing
it several times. The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
EIS
The PFD1 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The PFD2 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Alerts Window Message
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name] Key
is stuck.
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name] Key
is stuck
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration
module is inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The MFD voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the navigation database. Attempt to
reload the navigation database. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be
serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the
terrain card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists,
the G1000 system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in the specified display. Replace
terrain card. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Comments
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alerts Window Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1
navigation database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2
navigation database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain database
error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain database
error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain database
missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain database
missing.
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
APPENDICES
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts
database error exists.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the
data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the G1000
system should be serviced.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified
LRU. Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in the specified display.
Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that
the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the G1000
system should be serviced.
The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the
specified LRU. Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in the specified
display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be
serviced.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database. Ensure that the
data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the G1000
system should be serviced.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Chartview database (optional feature).
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem
persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database (optional feature).
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem
persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory database. Ensure the data card
is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
INDEX
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport
Directory database error exists.
Comments
474
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
Comments
DB MISMATCH – Navigation database The PFDs and MFD have different navigation database versions or regions installed.
mismatch. Xtalk is off.
Crossfill is off. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization
function not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
DB MISMATCH – Standby Navigation The PFDs and MFD have different standby navigation database versions or regions
database mismatch.
installed. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions.
Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function
not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions or regions installed.
mismatch.
Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database versions or regions installed.
mismatch.
Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
The PFDs and MFD have different airport terrain database versions or regions
database mismatch.
installed. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions.
Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function
not completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Comments
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
An error has occurred in transferring data between the two GMAs. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
AFCS
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
APPENDICES
Alerts Window Message
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative.
GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error
has occurred.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GMA 1347 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions
may still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The G1000 system
should be serviced when possible.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
475
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to
warm up to operating temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the G1000 system
should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS capable.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the G1000 system
should be serviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may
still be usable. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
476
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
Comments
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or
“pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
position. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
EIS
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums.
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav
angle is set to ‘AUTO’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AFCS
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
the G1000 system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The G1000
system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver
may still be available. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alerts Window Message
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Change HDG reference to TRUE.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GEA 71 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GEA2 CONFIG – GEA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GEA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
GTX 33 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Alerts Window Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error.
Config service req’d.
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GTX2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative.
XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is inoperative.
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
There is no communication with the #1 transponder.
There is no communication with the #2 transponder.
GRS 77 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
valid airspeed.
APPENDICES
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving
valid airspeed.
INDEX
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
any GPS information.
478
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions do not match.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Alerts Window Message
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic
model database version mismatch.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GRS2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GMU 44 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMU2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Alerts Window Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
APPENDICES
GDL 69A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The G1000
system should be serviced
MANIFEST – GDL software mismatch,
The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
communication halted.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
479
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GDC 74A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GDC2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is unavailable.
GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GWX 68 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alerts Window Message
GWX CONFIG – GWX config error.
Config service req’d.
GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GWX SERVICE – Needs service.
Return unit for repair.
WX ALERT – Possible severe weather
ahead.
MANIFEST – GWX software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
GWX 68 configuration settings do not match those of the GDU configuration. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The GDU is not recieving status packet from the GWX 68 or the GWX 68 is reporting
a fault. The GWX 68 radar system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GWX 68. The GWX 68 may still be usable.
The GWX 68 indicates severe weather within ±10 degrees of the aircraft heading at a
range of 80 to 320 nm.
The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
Comments
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint Upon power-up, the G1000 system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is
is locked.
locked. This occurs when an navigation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message.
This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
Or - update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new
waypoint moved.
navigation database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint
locations.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains a procedure that is no longer consistent
Verify user modified procedures.
with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify that the user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and
up to date.
480
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate
approach when required.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to
the correct NAV receiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Bad parallel track geometry.
AFCS
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path
angle and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next
vertical waypoint.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
APPENDICES
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go
invalid.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the special use
airspace within 10 minutes.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
crosstrack error.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track
angle error.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
selected.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported leg
type in flight plan.
EIS
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint
-[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less
than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
APPR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach current
vertical waypoint.
Comments
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete
approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains
locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with
current waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alerts Window Message
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts Window Message
NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84
waypoint for navigation -[xxxx]
EIS
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
FAILED PATH – A data path has failed.
MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic
variance. Verify all course angles.
Comments
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84
map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to
navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device
should be serviced.
Stormscope has failed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/W has failed.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for
geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
Message criteria entered by the user.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the
installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcsecond or better) is not currently installed.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD
card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The
SD card needs to be reinserted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Out of available
terrain region.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 REM
– Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 REM
– Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
– Card 1 is invalid.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
– Card 2 is invalid.
482
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and the MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
PULL UP
TERRAIN-PULL-UP
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
PULL UP
TERRAIN-PULL-UP
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
PULL UP
OBSTACLE-PULL-UP
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
PULL UP
OBSTACLE-PULL-UP
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION-TERRAIN
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION-TERRAIN
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION-OBSTACLE
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION-OBSTACLE
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW-TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
TERRAIN
SINK RATE
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
TERRAIN
DON’T SINK
“Don’t Sink”
Altitude Callout “500”
AFCS
PULL-UP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PULL UP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Aural Message
EIS
MFD Pop-Up Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Alert Type
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD/MFD*
Alert
Annunciation
* Annunciation is shown on the TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
483
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
TAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD/MFD*
Alert
Annunciation
TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Aural Message
TAWS TEST
TAWS TEST
None
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
TAWS-B FLTA Alerting Inhibited
TAWS INH
None
None
No GPS position
TAWS N/A
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”†
TAWS N/A
None
“TAWS Not Available”†
TAWS FAIL
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
System Test in progress
EIS
System Test pass
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Excessively degraded GPS signal; or
Out of database coverage area
TAWS-B System Test Fail;
Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid;
Invalid software configuration; or
System audio fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid, TAWS-B
operating with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
* Annunciation is shown on the TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
† “TAWS Available” (in-flight only) when sufficient GPS signal received, or terrain database coverage re-entered.
484
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
‘User waypoint database full. Not all loaded.’
AFCS
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
‘Flight plan export failed.’
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints
locked.’
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’
EIS
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
Description
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored flight plan.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. These
waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the
system have been modified.
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card, however others
had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan now exists in the system.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. One or
more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can support. The
flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the system cannot find
in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but must be edited within
the system before it can be activated for use.
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of stored user
waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD
card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not imported are
locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited within the system before it can be
activated for use.
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to naming
conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD card may not
have sufficient available memory or the card may have been removed prematurely.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan Import/Export Results
‘Flight plan successfully imported.’
‘File contained user waypoints only. User
waypoints imported successfully. No stored
flight plan data was modified.’
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
‘Flight plan import failed.’
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
485
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
Blank Page
486
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interuption during the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations,
SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and ChartView database updates. Not
all SD cards are compatible with the system. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer.
EIS
CAUTION: When downloading updates to the Jeppesen Navigation Database, copy the data to an SD card
other than a Garmin Supplemental Data Card. Otherwise, data corruption can occur.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until database
synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can be
monitored on the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the
power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-System Status Page being displayed in yellow.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go
to FlyGarmin.com and select “Aviation Data Error Report.
JEPPESEN DATABASES
AFCS
The Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a
14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will
no longer function. Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The Jeppesen aviation navigation database is now referred to as the ‘navigation database’. Previously
this database had been referred to as the ‘aviation database’.
The ChartView database should be copied to the Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Card which will reside
in the bottom card slot on the MFD. The navigation database must be installed from the Jeppesen or user
supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information.
APPENDICES
NOTE: After the navigation database is installed, the card may be removed.
Updating the active Jeppesen navigation database (not using the Dual Navigation Database or
Automatic Database Synchronization Features):
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the navigation database update into the top card slot of the
display (PFD or MFD) to be updated (label of SD card facing left).
487
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the display:
EIS
Figure B-1: Standby Navigation Database Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the NO Softkey to proceed to loading the active database.
4) A prompt similar to the following is displayed, press the YES Softkey to update the active navigation database.
Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation
AFCS
5) After the update completes, the display starts in normal mode. Do not remove power while the display is
starting.
6) Turn the system OFF and remove the SD card from the top card slot.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Repeat steps 1 through 6 for the other displays (PFD1, PFD2 or MFD). Remove the SD card when finished.
8) Apply power to the system and press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
10) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
11) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show active navigation database information for each display (MFD1
DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct active navigation database cycle information is shown for each display.
488
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DUAL NAVIGATION DATABASE FEATURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The dual navigation database feature allows each display to store an upcoming navigation database on the
bottom SD card so that the system can automatically load it to replace the active database when the new
database becomes effective (the next cycle becomes available seven days prior to its effective date).
EIS
If a navigation database loader card is inserted into the top SD card slot of a display, and an SD card is in the
bottom slot, the system will prompt the user (upon on-ground power up) as to whether the database should
be stored on the bottom SD card as the standby database. If the user responds affirmatively, the system will
copy the navigation database from the top SD card to the bottom SD card. As long as the bottom SD card
remains in the card slot, this standby navigation database will be available for the system to use as the active
database as soon as it becomes effective.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system checks the active and standby databases upon (on-ground only) power-up. If the standby
database is current and the active database is out of date, the display will upload the standby database into the
active internal database location. Uploading the standby database to the active location takes approximately
45-55 seconds. The pilot is alerted that the update is complete by a system alert message, ‘NAV DB UPDATED’.
Loading a standby navigation database:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot
of the MFD.
2) Verify that an SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of each PFD and the MFD.
3) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure B-3 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the YES Softkey. The navigation database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD.
5) After the navigation database files are copied to the bottom SD card, the display will appear as shown in Figure
B-4.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
489
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure B-4 Standby Navigation Database Update Complete
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) As instructed on the display, press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-5.
Figure B-5 Navigation Database Verification Prompt
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-6.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure B-6 Active Navigation Database Prompt
APPENDICES
8) Press the NO Softkey. The display now starts in normal mode. Since the database effective date is not yet valid,
it should not be loaded as the active database. The display now starts in normal mode. Do not remove power
while the display is starting.
9) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
INDEX
12) The new database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of each PFD. Progress can be monitored in
the SYNC STATUS field. When copying is finished, ‘Complete’ is displayed.
490
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Turn system power OFF.
14) Remove the SD card from the top card slot of the MFD.
15) Turn system power ON.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
16) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
17) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
EIS
19) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show standby navigation database information for each display
(MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct standby navigation database cycle information is shown
for each display.
NOTE: The system compares the active databases on each PFD and the MFD, and displays a system alert
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
message ‘DB Mismatch’ if they are not identical. Similarly, if the standby databases on each PFD and the
MFD are not identical, the system will display a ‘DB Mismatch’ alert for the standby navigation databases.
GARMIN DATABASES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:
• Expanded basemap
• Airport terrain
• SafeTaxi
• Terrain
• Obstacle
• FliteCharts
• Airport Directory
(AOPA)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After subscribing to the desired database product, these database products will be downloaded to three
Supplemental Data Cards (with the exception of FliteCharts, which is loaded on only one card). Insert each
Supplemental Data Card into the correct location shown in Figure B-7. These cards must not be removed
except to update the databases stored on each card.
AFCS
MFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PFD1
PFD2
APPENDICES
Figure B-7 Correct Database Locations
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Since these databases are not stored internally in the displays, a Supplemental Data Card containing identical
database versions must be kept in each display unit.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
APPENDIX B
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. The airport terrain database contains increased
resolution terrain data around airports. These databases are updated periodically and have no expiration date.
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
EIS
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The AOPA Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports throughout the U.S., and offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. This
database is updated four times per year.
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a
28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
AUTOMATIC DATABASE SYNCHRONIZATION FEATURE
AFCS
The automatic database synchronization feature automatically transfers the database from a single SD
database card to the SD cards on each PFD and the MFD to ensure that all databases are synchronized
throughout the system. After power-up, the system compares all copies of each applicable database. If similar
databases do not match, the most recent valid database is automatically copied to each card in the system that
does not already contain that database.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following databases are checked and synchronized: Basemap, Safetaxi, Airport Terrain, Obstacle,
Airport Directory (AOPA), and Terrain. This feature applies only to databases that are stored on the SD card
that resides in the bottom slot of each display. This feature does not apply to the active navigation database
which is stored internally in each display, or to the charts databases (FliteCharts and ChartView) which are
only required to be present on the MFD. The typical procedure would be to download new databases to the
MFD card, then synchronize the data to the PFD(s).
NOTE: The 9-arc second terrain database may take as long as 100 minutes to synchronize using this method.
INDEX
Therefore the user may want to transfer the data using a PC, or connect the system to a ground power
source while performing the database synchronization.
The synchronization progress may be monitored on the AUX-System Status Page in the Sync Status section
of the Database Window (Figure B-8). This section shows the synchronization status of each applicable
database, including the percent complete, time remaining, and to which displays the databases are being
492
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
copied. When the synchronization is complete, the status is listed as ‘Complete’, followed by the displays to
which the databases were copied. This sub-section is only present when a sync is occurring or has occurred
on the current power-up.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An indication of ‘Complete’ still requires a power cycle before the synchronized databases will be used by
the system.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure B-8 AUX-System Status Page, Database Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Display Database Softkey (Figure B-11) is used to place the cursor in the Database Window. Upon
first press of the Display Database Softkey, the softkey will change to a selected state (black text on gray
background) and the cursor will appear in the Database Window. At this point the user can scroll through
all databases in the Database Window to view status information. If the Display Database Softkey is pressed
repeatedly, the softkey will cycle through PFD1, PFD2, and MFD. Database status information in the Database
Window will reflect the database of the selected PFD or MFD. After a successful sync and restart, verify that
the proper databases are now in use on the AUX–System Status Page (Figure B-8).
AFCS
If an error occurs during the synchronization, an error message will be displayed, followed by the affected
display in the Sync Status section of the Database Window (Figure B-9). If a synchronization completes on
one display, but an error occurs on another, the error message will be displayed with the affected diaplay
listed after it. When an error message (Table B-1) is displayed, the problem must be corrected before the
synchronization can be completed. A power cycle is required to restart synchronization when ‘Card Full’ or
‘Err’ is shown.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Database Synchronization Error Message
Figure B-9 Synchronization Error Message
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
493
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Error Message
Canceled
Card Full
Err
Timeout
Description
Database synchronization has been canceled by removing the bottom SD card in display being updated
SD card does not contain sufficient memory
Displayed for all other errors that may cause the synchronization process to be halted
System timed-out prior to the database transfer completing
Table B-1
UPDATING GARMIN DATABASES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (fly.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the
new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards. Equipment required to perform the update is as
follows:
• Windows-compatible PC computer (Windows XP, Vista, or Window 7)
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
• Existing Supplemental Database SD Cards (010-00330-42, or -43) from both PFDs and MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the database
product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service
facility in order to use some database features.
After the data has been copied to the appropriate data card, perform the following steps:
1) With system power OFF, remove the MFD database card from the bottom card slot of the MFD.
2) Update the Garmin databases on the MFD card.
AFCS
3) Insert the MFD database card into the bottom card slot of the MFD.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the power-up screen
(Figure B-10). When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases, a ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If this
message is present, wait for the system to finish loading before proceeding to step 5.
Figure B-10 Database Information on the Power-up Screen
494
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Monitor the Sync Status in the Database Window. Wait for all databases to complete synching, indicated by
‘Complete’ being displayed as seen in Figure B-9.
9) Remove and reapply power to the system.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
EIS
12) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show database information for each display (MFD1 DB, PFD1
DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each database for each display.
Unselected
MFD1 DB
PFD1 DB
PFD2 DB
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MFD1 DB
MFD1 DB Selected PFD1 DB Selected PFD2 DB Selected
Figure B-11 Display Database Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the navigation database.
At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that presently being used by each AHRS
(GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page, as shown in Figure B-12. Note, in the following example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to
indicate an update is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to the
system. GRS2 may be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure B-12 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, as seen in Figure B-12, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed
as shown in Figure B-13.
Figure B-13 Uploading Database to GRS1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed, as seen in Figure B-14.
Figure B-14 GRS2 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed as shown in Figure B-15.
When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
INDEX
Figure B-15 Uploading Database to GRS2
496
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLOSSARY
BFO
BKSP
BRG
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS
center runway
celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Course to DME distance
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperature
checklist
channel
Course to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication, Navigation, &
Surveillance
carbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to be
followed by the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
C
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed
barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
The compass direction from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
beat frequency oscillator
backspace
bearing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNC
ANT
AP
AP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ATC
ATCRBS
ATK
AUTOSEQ
AUX
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
Bearing
EIS
AIM
AIRMET
accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Aircraft Flight Manual
Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference
System
Airman’s Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological
Information
alert
altitude
alternator
amperes
annunciation
antenna
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrival
airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
along-track
automatic sequence
auxiliary
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Course to Steer
EIS
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTRL
Cumulative
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL
density altitude
database
decibels ‘Z’ (Radar Return)
declutter
decrease fuel
degree
de-icing
departure
The desired course between the
active “from” and “to” waypoints.
DEST
destination
DF
Direct to Fix
DFLT
default
DGRD
degrade
Dilution of Precision A measure of GPS satellite
geometry quality on a scale of
one to ten (lower numbers equal
better geometry, where higher
numbers equal poorer geometry)
DIR
direction
DIS
distance
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
D ALT
DB, DBASE
dBZ
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
deg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track
The recommended direction to
steer in order to reduce course
error or stay on course. Provides
the most efficient heading to get
back to the desired course and
proceed along the flight plan.
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a
desired course in either direction,
left or right.
course
Course to Steer
cursor
control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Recorder
coverage
control wheel steering
cylinder
498
Distance
DME
DOP
DP
DPRT
DR
DSBL
DTK
E
ECU
Efficiency
EGT
EIS
ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCY
EMI
ENDUR
Endurance
ENG
ENGD
ENR
En route Safe
Altitude
ENT
EPE
EPU
ERR
ESA
Estimated Position
Error
The ‘great circle’ distance from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
Distance Measuring Equipment
Dilution of Precision
Departure Procedure
departure
dead reckoning
disabled
Desired Track
empty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of
fuel.
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
elevation
elevator
emergency
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible
flight time based on available fuel
on board.
engine
engaged
en route
The recommended minimum
altitude within ten miles left or
right of the desired course on an
active flight plan or direct-to.
enter
Estimated Position Error
Estimated Position Uncertainty
error
En route Safe Altitude
A measure of horizontal GPS
position error derived by satellite
geometry conditions and other
factors.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
HA
HDG
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTX
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FPM
FREQ
FRZ
FSS
Groundspeed
AFCS
FL
FLC
FM
GMA
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FISDL
glideslope
go-around
gallon(s)
gearbox
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite
Landing System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
ground
gallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude;
one degree latitude by one degree
longitude in size and clears the
highest elevation reference point
in the grid by 1000 feet for all
areas of the grid
The velocity that the aircraft is
travelling relative to a ground
position.
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Transponder
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Final Approach Fix
failure
Course From Fix to Distance
Federal Communication
Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight Information ServicesBroadcast
Flight Information Service Data
Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual
Termination
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minute
Flight Path Marker
frequency
freezing
Flight Service Station
G/S, GS
GA
gal, gl
GBOX
GDC
GDL
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ºF
FA
FAA
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
Fuel On Board
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in
units of fuel per hour.
The total amount of usable fuel on
board the aircraft.
EIS
ETA
ETE
EXPIRD
ft
Fuel Flow
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Estimated Time En
route
The estimated time at which
the aircraft should reach the
destination waypoint, based upon
current speed and track.
The estimated time it takes to
reach the destination waypoint
from the present position, based
upon current groundspeed.
Estimated Time of Arrival
Estimated Time En route
expired
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Estimated Time of
Arrival
499
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
Heading
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HF
HFOM
Hg
HI
HI SENS
HM
Horizontal Figure of
Merit
hPa
HPL
hr
HSDB
HSI
HT
HUL
Hz
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
I
IAF
IAT
IAU
ICAO
ICS
ID
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
IDENT, IDNT
IF
IFR
IG
ILS
IMC
INDEX
in
INACTV
INC FUEL
IND
500
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a
magnetic compass or a properly
set directional gyro.
Hold Terminating at Fix
Horizontal Figure of Merit
mercury
high
High Sensitivity
Hold with Manual Termination
A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s horizontal position.
hectopascal
Horizontal Protection Level
hour
High-Speed Data Bus
Horizontal Situation Indicator
heat
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hertz
Inner Marker
Initial Approach Fix
Indicated Air Temperature
Integrated Avionics Unit
International Civil Aviation
Organization
Intercom System
Identification/Morse Code
Identifier
identification
Initial Fix
Instrument Flight Rules
Imperial gallon
Instrument Landing System
Instrument Meteorological
Conditions
inch
inactive
increase fuel
indicated
Indicated
INFO
in HG
INT
INTEG
IrDA, IRDA
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation
on the aircraft panel.
information
inches of mercury
intersection(s)
integrity (RAIM unavailable)
Infrared Data Association
KEYSTK
kg
kHz
km
kt
key stuck
kilogram
kilohertz
kilometer
knot
L
LAT
LBL
lb
LCD
LCL
LED
Left Over Fuel On
Board
left, left runway
latitude
label
pound
Liquid Crystal Display
local
Light Emitting Diode
The amount of fuel remaining on
board after the completion of one
or more legs of a flight plan or
direct-to.
The amount of flight time
remaining, based on the amount
of fuel on board after the
completion of one or more legs
of a flight plan or direct-to, and a
known consumption rate.
The portion of a flight plan
between two waypoints.
Low Instrument Flight Rules
Lateral Navigation
low
localizer
longitude
Lateral Precision with Vertical
guidance
Line Replacement Unit
Left Over Fuel
Reserve
Leg
LIFR
LNAV
LO
LOC
LON
LPV
LRU
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
psi
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR
pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)
personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
Pilot’s Operating Handbook
Pilot’s Operating Handbook
Supplement
position
parts per million
Present Position
pressure
procedure(s), procedure turn
pounds per square inch
Procedure Turn
parallel track
Push-to-Talk
power
QTY
quantity
R
RAD
RAIM
right, right runway
radial
Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
AFCS
190-00590-05 Rev. A
P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POH
POHS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
north
navigation
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
offset
oxygen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
N
NAV
MET
METAR
MEPT
MFD
MGRS
MHz
MIC
MIN
Minimum Safe
Altitude
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY
nearest
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MKR
MOA
MOV
mpm
MSA
MSG
MSL
MT
mV
MVFR
Middle Marker
meter
Magnetic
Magnetic Variation
Missed Approach Hold Point
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
Manual Squelch
Missed Approach Point
Master Avionics Squelch
maximum
maximum speed (overspeed)
barometric minimum descent
height
manual electric trim
Meteorological Aviation Routine
manual electric pitch trim
Multi Function Display
Military Grid Reference System
megahertz
microphone
minimum
Uses Grid MORAs to determine a
safe altitude within ten miles of
the aircraft present position.
marker beacon
Military Operations Area
movement
meters per minute
Minimum Safe Altitude
message
Mean Sea Level
meter
millivolt(s)
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
nautical mile(s)
EIS
M
m
MAG
MAG VAR
MAHP
MAN IN
MAN SQ
MAP
MASQ
MAX
MAXSPD
MDA
NAVAID
NDB
NEXRAD
nm
NPT
NRST
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
left
lightning
level
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
LT
LTNG
LVL
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY
ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUEL
RSV
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RT
RVRSNRY
RX
AFCS
S
SA
SAT
SBAS
SCIT
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP
SID
SIGMET
INDEX
Sim
SLP/SKD
502
random access memory
reference
remaining (fuel remaining above
Reserve)
required
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remote
range
runway
roll
read only memory
revolutions per minute
reset fuel
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
right
reversionary
receive
south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based Augmentation
System
Storm Cell Identification and
Tracking
Secure Digital
second(s)
select
surface
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant Meteorological
Information
simulator
slip/skid
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SUSP
SVS
SW
SYS
symbol
speed
Special Position Identification
speaker
squelch
service
stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
statistics
standby
standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
suspend
Synthetic Vision System
software
system
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAS
true
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed
Traffic Advisory System, true
airspeed
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning
System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
telephone
temperature
terminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
TAT
TAWS
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
ZPL
Zero Pitch Line
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
APPENDICES
190-00590-05 Rev. A
transfer
transponder
cross-talk
cross-track
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VFOM
VFR
VHF
VI
VLOC
VM
XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
AFCS
velocity (airspeed)
Heading Vector to Altitude
VOR approach
variation
Heading Vector to DME Distance
volts, direct current
vertical
A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s vertical position.
The vertical speed necessary to
descend/climb from a current
position and altitude to a defined
target position and altitude, based
upon current groundspeed.
Vertical Figure of Merit
Visual Flight Rules
Very High Frequency
Heading Vector to Intercept
VOR/Localizer Receiver
Heading Vector to Manual
Termination
watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
warning (GPS position error)
World Geodetic System - 1984
waypoint(s)
world wide
weather
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
V, Vspeed
VA
VAPP
VAR
VD
Vdc
VERT
Vertical Figure of
Merit
Vertical Speed
Required
W
WAAS
WARN
WGS-84
WPT
WW
WX
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator /
Universal Polar Stereographic Grid
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
UNAVAIL
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
VPL
VPROF
VR
VS
VSI
VSR
VTF
Visual Meteorological Conditions
vertical navigation
volume
VHF Omni-directional Range
very high frequency
omnidirectional range station and
tactical air navigation
Vertical Protection Level
VNAV profile, vertical profile
Heading Vector to Radial
vertical speed
Vertical Speed Indicator
Vertical Speed Required
vector to final
EIS
TRG
TRK
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX
VMC
VNAV, VNV
VOL
VOR
VORTAC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Track Angle Error
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement
relative to a ground position; also
‘Ground Track’
The angle difference between
the desired track and the current
track.
target
track
truncated
total
procedure turn
transmit
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TMR/REF
Topo
Track
503
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
Blank Page
504
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
What is SBAS?
EIS
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received
by any SBAS-enabled GPS receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely
on GPS for all phases of flight.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
There are several SBAS systems serving different parts of the world. The Wide Area Augmentation System
(WAAS) is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. The European Geostationary
Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) offers coverage of Europe, parts of the middle east and northern Africa. The
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS) covers mainly Japan and parts of northern Australia.
How does SBAS affect approach operations?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of SBAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
AFCS
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the SBAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
APPENDICES
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A).
Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF,
the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure.
Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan?
EIS
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a
published approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
G1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should
an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
AFCS
Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000?
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the
approved AFM/POH as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more information.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
What does the OBS Softkey do?
APPENDICES
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
INDEX
•
•
•
•
506
Normal (OBS not activated)
Automatic sequencing of waypoints
Manual course change on HSI not possible
Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
Must be in this mode for final approach course
•
•
•
•
OBS
Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected waypoint
Manually select course to waypoint from HSI
Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
Cannot be set for final approach course or published holding patterns
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.
Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or
‘SUSP’ annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turn
being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at an
equal angle from each leg.
How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of
the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the
desired waypoint and selecting the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS
then provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.
When does turn anticipation begin?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
AFCS
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’
is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been
crossed.
When does the CDI scale change?
APPENDICES
Once a departure is activated, the G1000 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3
nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm
from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm
back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is
activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected?
EIS
To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
approach plate.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by
pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting
‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation
along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.
AFCS
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose
‘SELECT APPROACH’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the
desired transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
508
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GENERAL TIS INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS.
EIS
The Traffic Information Service (TIS) provides traffic advisory information to non-TAS/TCAS-equipped
aircraft. TIS is a ground-based service providing the relative locations of all ATCRBS Mode-A and Mode-C
transponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume. The TIS ground sensor uses real-time track
reports to generate traffic notification. The G1000 System displays TIS traffic information on the Traffic Map
Page of the MFD. TIS information may also be displayed for overlay on the MFD Navigation Map Page, as
well as on the PFD Inset Map. Surveillance data includes all transponder-equipped aircraft within the coverage
volume. The G1000 System displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 nm radius, from 3,000 feet below,
to 3,500 feet above the requesting aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TIS VS. TAS/TCAS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The main difference between the Traffic Information System (TIS) and Traffic Advisory (TAS) or Traffic
Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS) is the source of surveillance data. TAS/TCAS uses an airborne interrogator
with a half-second update rate, while TIS utilizes the terminal Mode-S ground interrogator and accompanying
data link to provide a five-second update rate. TIS and TAS/TCAS have similar ranges.
TIS LIMITATIONS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: TIS is not intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of the
responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS shall not be used for avoidance maneuvers during
instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) or when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft.
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for a more
comprehensive explanation.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode-S radar system, which is a “secondary surveillance” radar system
similar to that used by ATCRBS. Many limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. Information
provided by TIS is neither better nor more accurate than the information used by ATC. TIS is intended only
to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in visual meteorological conditions (VMC). While TIS is a useful
aid for visual traffic avoidance, system limitations must be considered to ensure proper use. No recommended
avoidance maneuvers are given, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory.
APPENDICES
• TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering.
• TIS is dependent on two-way, line-of-sight communications between the aircraft and the Mode-S radar
antenna. Whenever the structure of the aircraft comes between the transponder antenna and the groundbased radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily interrupted.
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
• Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM.
509
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX E
WARNING: Garmin is not responsible for Mode S geographical coverage. Operation of the ground stations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
is the responsibility of the FAA. Refer to the AIM for a Terminal Mode S radar site map.
NOTE: TIS is unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the United States. This is often the case in
mountainous regions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TIS information is collected during a single radar sweep. Collected information is then sent through the
Mode S uplink on the next radar sweep. Because of this, the surveillance information is approximately five
seconds old. TIS ground station tracking software uses prediction algorithms to compensate for this delay.
These algorithms use track history data to calculate expected intruder positions consistent with the time of
display. Occasionally, aircraft maneuvering may cause variations in this calculation and create slight errors on
the Traffic Map Page. Errors affect relative bearing information and target track vector. This can cause a delay in
the displayed intruder information. However, intruder distance and altitude typically remain relatively accurate
and may be used to assist in spotting traffic.
The following errors are common examples:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• When the client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the tracking algorithm may report
incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
• When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that intercepts the client aircraft course at a shallow angle
(either overtaking or head-on) and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0.25 nm, TIS may display
the intruder aircraft on the incorrect side of the client aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These are rare occurrences and are typically resolved within a few radar sweeps once the client/intruder
aircraft course stabilizes.
AFCS
Pilots using TIS can provide valuable assistance in the correction of malfunctions by reporting observations
of undesirable performance. Reports should identify the time of observation, location, type and identity of
the aircraft, and describe the condition observed. Reports should also include the type of transponder and
transponder software version. Since TIS performance is monitored by maintenance personnel, not ATC,
malfunctions should be reported in the following ways:
• By telephone to the nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) facility
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• By FAA Form 8000-7, Safety Improvement Report (postage-paid card can be obtained at FAA FSSs, General
Aviation District Offices, Flight Standards District Offices, and General Aviation Fixed Base Operators)
510
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX F
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MAP SYMBOLS
AIRPORT
BASEMAP
Symbol
Item
Symbol
Item
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Item
Interstate Highway
Unknown Airport
State Highway
Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport
EIS
US Highway
Towered, Non-serviced Airport
National Highway
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-towered, Serviced Airport
Small City or Town
Medium City
Restricted (Private) Airport
Large City
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Towered, Serviced Airport
Heliport
Item
Symbol
Intersection
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRAFFIC
NAVAIDS
Non-Threat Traffic
LOM (compass locator at outer marker)
VOR
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VOR/DME
Proximity Advisory
AFCS
NDB (Non-directional Radio Beacon)
Traffic Advisory
VOR/ILS
VORTAC
APPENDICES
TACAN
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
511
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX F
LINE SYMBOLS
Item
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace
Mode C Tower Area
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Warning Area
Alert Area
Caution Area
Danger Area
Prohibited Area
Restricted Area
Training Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area
Military Operations Area (MOA)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
State or Province Border
International Border
Road
AFCS
Railroad
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Lattitude/Longitude
512
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
APPENDIX F
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBSTACLE SYMBOLS
Obstacle
Color
Obstacle Location
Red
(WARNING)
Obstacle within 100 ft or
above aircraft altitude
Yellow
(CAUTION)
Obstacle within 1000 ft of
aircraft altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacle Symbol
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL
EIS
Gray
Obstacle more than 1000
(NO DANGER) ft below aircraft altitude
Table F-1 Obstacle Symbols and Colors
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS COLOR CHART
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Potential Impact Point
Projected Flight Path
100' Threshold
Unlighted Obstacle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1000'
Terrain Color
Red (WARNING)
Yellow (CAUTION)
Black (NO DANGER)
Terrain Location
Terrain at or within 100 ft below aircraft altitude
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitude
Terrain more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude
AFCS
Potential Impact Points
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure F-1 TAWS Symbols & Colors
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
513
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX F
MISCELLANEOUS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE FEATURES
Item
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Feature
Symbol
Terrain Proximity/TAWS display enabled
Traffic display enabled
Default Map Pointer
NEXRAD display enabled
Elevation Pointer
EIS
Cloud Top display enabled
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Wind Vector
Echo Top display enabled
XM Lightning display enabled
Measuring Pointer
Cell Movement display enabled
Overzoom Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SIGMETs/AIRMETs display enabled
User Waypoint
METARs display enabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
City Forecast display enabled
Surface Analysis display enabled
Parallel Track Waypoint
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Freezing Levels display enabled
AFCS
Winds Aloft display enabled
Top of Descent (TOD)
County Warnings display enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Cyclone Warnings display enabled
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG)
APPENDICES
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
Air Report (AIREPs)
Turbulence (TURB)
INDEX
Loss of hazard avoidance feature, (a
white X is shown over the symbol to
indicate not available; e.g., traffic)
514
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
INDEX
B
EIS
Backlighting-------------------------------------------------- 46
Barometric altimeter setting---------------------------48, 54
Basic Empty Weight----------------------------------------244
Basic Operating Weight------------------------------------244
Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------144
Bearing information-------------------------------------49, 62
Bearing line------------------------------------------- 324, 328
Bearing pointer----------------------------------------------- 61
Bearing source----------------------------------------------- 62
Bus voltage-----------------------------------------------87, 89
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
C
Cabin speaker-----------------------------------------------122
Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------240
Cargo---------------------------------------------------------245
CAUTION-----------------------------------------------------464
Caution alerts-----------------------------------------------465
CDI---------------------------- 234, 250, 261, 269, 276, 481
CELL MOV Softkey------------------------------------------298
Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 404, 424
Chart options----------------------------------------- 412, 431
Chart setup box-------------------------------------- 418, 435
ChartView--------------------------------------- 383, 403, 421
ChartView database----------------------------------------421
ChartView plan view---------------------------------------413
ChartView profile View-------------------------------------414
Checklist---------------------------------------------- 450–451
Checklist softkeys-------------------------------------------450
CLD TOP Softkey--------------------------------------------296
Clearance recorder and player----------------------------126
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------222
CNS system--------------------------------------------------- 93
COM channel spacing--------------------------------------105
COM frequency box----------------------------------------- 98
Communication (COM) frequency box------------------- 48
Comparator--------------------------------------------------468
Comparator window---------------------------------------- 75
COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------130
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Aural Alerts--------------------------------------------------467
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)----------------381
Automatic squelch------------------------------------------106
Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------114
COM-------------------------------------------------------101
NAV--------------------------------------------------------110
Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------138
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)--------------------------------------- 31
AUX - system status page-400, 402, 421, 422, 437, 438,
439, 441
Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 149, 191
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------209
Active channel-----------------------------------------------445
Active database-------------------------------------- 488, 489
Active frequency--------------------------------------- 98, 107
Advisory alerts-----------------------------------------------467
AHRS-----------------------------------------------14, 478, 479
Aircraft alerts------------------------------------------------465
Aircraft range-------------------------------------------- 91–92
Air Data Computer (ADC)------------------------------3, 469
Airport
Information-----------------------------------------------169
Airspace alerts---------------------------------------- 184, 185
Airspeed indicator---------------------------------------48, 50
Airways
Collapsed--------------------------------------------------222
Expanded--------------------------------------------------222
Alerting system--------------------------------------- 463, 470
Alert levels---------------------------------------------------464
Alerts---------------------------------------------------------463
Arrival------------------------------------------------------- 38
Audio voice------------------------------------------------ 39
Messages--------------------------------------------------480
Alerts window------------------------------------------------ 74
Along Track Offset----------------------------------- 213, 214
ALT------------------------------------------------------------274
Altimeter--------------------------------------------------48, 53
Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------- 78
Altitude constraints---------------------------------- 225, 261
Ammeter--------------------------------------------------87, 89
Annunciations
G1000 System--------------------------------------------- 16
Test tone---------------------------------------------- 40, 464
Annunciations, G1000 System----------------------------470
Annunciation window--------------------------------------- 49
Annunciator lights------------------------------------------122
Antenna stabilization--------------------------------------329
Antenna tilt--------------------------------------------------326
AOPA Airport Directory------------------440, 441, 442, 492
Approach-----------------------------------------------------506
Activating-------------------------------------------------238
Loading--------------------------------------- 206, 235, 237
Removing--------------------------------------------------238
Approach box-----------------------------------------------426
APR softkey------------------------------------------- 237, 243
Arrival procedure-191, 204, 232, 233, 234, 259, 261, 270
Attitude & Heading Reference System (AHRS)-------3, 12,
14–15, 469
Attitude indicator----------------------------------------48, 52
Audio alerting system--------------------------------------464
Audio Panel----------------------------------------------------- 2
Audio panel fail-safe operation---------------------------132
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A
I-1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Controls
PFD/MFD--------------------------------------------------- 28
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 17–20
Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------209
Course deviation indicator (CDI)--------------------- 63–67
Course To Altitude------------------------------------------239
D
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Database(s)------------------------------------11, 12, 39, 487
Database synchronization---------------------------------492
Data entry------------------------------------------------ 28–29
Data Link Receiver--------------------------------------------- 4
Data Link Receiver troubleshooting----------------------461
Data logging-------------------------------------------------454
Date and time------------------------------------------------ 36
Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 418, 435
Day view----------------------------------418, 419, 435, 436
DB Mismatch------------------------------------------------491
Dead reckoning---------------------------------------------- 80
Decision height----------------------------------------------- 79
Declutter, display--------------------------------------------- 81
Delete a Stored Flight Plan--------------------------------210
Delete Flight Plans------------------------------------------210
Deleting an entire airway--------------------------- 211, 212
Deleting an entire procedure----------------------- 211, 212
Deleting an individual waypoint--------------------------211
Deleting Flight Plan Items---------------------------------210
Density Altitude---------------------------------------------242
Departure
Select------------------------------------229, 232, 235, 238
Timer-------------------------------------------------------- 42
Departure procedure--------------------202, 216, 229, 231
Departure procedure chart------------------------- 408, 428
Departure Time----------------------------------------------240
Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 24
Direct-to-- 162, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 223, 224, 259,
261, 276
Display backup-------------------------------------- 10, 13, 97
Dual navigation database---------------------------------489
E
INDEX
APPENDICES
ECHO TOP Softkey------------------------------------------295
Electrical indications--------------------------------87, 88–89
Electronic checklist(s)------383–384, 450–451, 451, 452
Emergency checklist----------------------------------------452
Emergency frequency---------------------------------------130
Endurance----------------------------------------------------- 91
Engine Airframe Unit------------------------------------------ 3
Engine Display------------------------------------------------ 86
Engine Indication System (EIS)------------------------ 83–92
Entering a transponder code------------------------------120
Entering flight ID--------------------------------------------116
I-2
Entertainment inputs---------------------------------------127
Estimated Landing Fuel------------------------------------246
Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 24
Excess Fuel Weight-----------------------------------------246
Export Flight Plan-------------------------------------------485
F
Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------160
Flaps-------------------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Flight Data Logging----------------------------------------383
Flight instruments--------------------------------------- 47–62
Flight plan
Closest point to reference------------------------------222
Storing-----------------------------------------------------506
Flight Plan Pages (FPL)-------------------------------------- 32
Flight timer---------------------------------------------------- 42
FliteCharts-------------------------------------------- 383, 423
FliteCharts cycle---------------------------------------------438
FliteCharts database---------------------------------------423
FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------438
FliteCharts functions---------------------------------------423
FliteCharts softkeys-----------------------------------------423
FPA----------------------------------------------------- 225, 266
Frequency
Nearest----------------------------------------------------182
Frequency spacing------------------------------------------105
Frequently asked questions--------------------------------505
Fuel------------------------------------------------------- 90–91
Calculations------------------------------------------------ 91
Efficiency--------------------------------------------------242
Endurance-------------------------------------------------242
Flow------------------------------------------------ 87, 89, 91
Quantity------------------------------------------------87, 91
Remaining-------------------------------------------- 91, 242
Required---------------------------------------------------242
Statistics---------------------------------------------------242
Used--------------------------------------------------------- 91
Fuel on Board---------------------------------- 242, 245, 246
G
Gain-----------------------------------------------------------327
GDL 69/69A-------------------------------------------------282
Generator speed------------------------------------ 87, 89, 91
Geodetic sea level------------------------------------------338
Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------274
Glidepath indicator------------------------------------------ 57
Glideslope----------------------------------------------------274
Glideslope indicator----------------------------------------- 57
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Navigation----------------------------------------- 186–280
Receiver information--------------------------------- 23–25
GPS Window-------------------------------------------------493
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
INDEX
L
190-00590-05 Rev. A
OBS mode----------------------------------------------------- 69
Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 475, 476
Odometer----------------------------------------------------- 43
Oil
Pressure------------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Temperature-------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 506–507
Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 240, 242
Outside air temperature--------------------------------48, 71
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
INDEX
Magnetometer----------------------------------------------- 16
Map Pages (MAP)------------------------------------------- 30
Map Panning------------------------------------------------140
Map symbols------------------------------------------------511
Marker beacon----------------------------------------------115
Marker beacon annunciations----------------------------- 75
MASQ processing-------------------------------------------- 93
O
APPENDICES
M
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Land Symbols------------------------------------------------148
Line Replaceable Units (LRU)-----------------------------2–5
LNAV----------------------------------------------------------250
LO SENS------------------------------------------------------115
LPV----------------------------------------------------- 250, 276
AFCS
Jeppesen navigation database----------------------------487
National Weather Service----------------------------------306
NAV1 audio--------------------------------------------------108
NAV2 audio--------------------------------------------------108
Navigation database-------------------------------- 225, 226
Navigation Map---------------------------------------------188
Navigation mode selection--------------------------------107
Navigation (NAV) frequency box-------------------------- 48
Navigation source-------------------------------------- 63–64
Navigation status box--------------------------------------- 48
Nav radio selection-----------------------------------------107
Nearest Airport(s)---- 166, 167, 168, 169, 182–185, 237
Minimum Runway Length------------------------------169
Surface Matching----------------------------------------169
Nearest airports, frequency tuning-----------------------101
Nearest Airports Page------------------------- 167, 168, 169
Nearest Pages (NRST)--------------------------------------- 31
Nearest VOR------------------------------------------ 182–183
NEXRAD Softkey--------------------------------------------291
Night view--------------------------------418, 419, 435, 436
NO COMP----------------------------------------------------468
Normal display operation----------------------------------- 13
NOTAMs------------------------------------------------------410
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
J
N
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ID indicator--------------------------------------------------109
Import Flight Plan-------------------------------------------485
Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------240
Info box-------------------------------------------------------427
Input Failure-------------------------------------------------- 15
Inset map----------------------------------------------------- 49
Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU)------------------------------- 2
Intercom------------------------------------------------------123
Intercom volume and squelch-----------------------------124
Intersection
Information---------------------------------------- 170–171
Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT)------------- 87, 89, 91
Inverting a flight plan------------------------------- 209, 219
IOI------------------------------------------------------ 345, 483
ITT----------------------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
I
EIS
Heading------------------------------------------------------- 48
Heading bug-------------------------------------------------- 48
HI SENS-------------------------------------------------------115
Horizontal scan--------322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 329, 330
Horizontal situation indicator---------------------48, 58–60
HSI double green arrow------------------------------------107
HSI magenta arrow-----------------------------------------107
HSI single green arrow-------------------------------------107
Measurement units, changing displayed----------------- 37
Menus--------------------------------------------------------- 28
Message Advisories--------------- 465, 472, 475, 478, 479
Database--------------------------------------------------473
Messages
Reminder--------------------------------------------------- 44
Minimum descent altitude---------------------------------- 79
Minimums----------------------------------------------------467
MISCOMP----------------------------------------------------468
Missed Approach----------------- 191, 239, 247, 250, 276
Mode S--------------------------------------------19, 116, 117
Mode selection softkeys---------------------------- 116, 117
Mono/Stereo headsets-------------------------------------122
Morse code identifier---------------------------------------109
Multi Function Display (MFD)-------------------------------- 2
Softkeys----------------------------------------------------- 21
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
H
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Ground mapping--------------------------------------------331
Groundspeed------------------------------------------------- 43
GSL------------------------------------------------------------338
GTX 33 Transponder----------------------------------------116
I-3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
P
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Page groups--------------------------------------------- 29–32
Page menus--------------------------------------------------- 28
Parallel Track------------------------------------------ 215, 216
Passenger address (PA) system---------------------------125
Passengers-------------------------------------------- 244, 245
PA system----------------------------------------------------125
PFD failure---------------------------------------------------131
Pilot and Stores Weight------------------------------------244
Pilot profiles--------------------------------------------- 34–35
Power ON settings------------------------------------------122
Power-up splash screen------------------------------------- 12
Power-up, system-------------------------------------------- 12
Pressure, oil------------------------------------------ 87, 89, 91
Primary Flight Display (PFD)---------------------------------- 2
Controls---------------------------------------------------6–7
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 17–19
Propeller speed-------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Q
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Quick tuning 121.500 MHz-------------------------------100
R
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RAIM---------------------------------------234, 247, 248, 249
Range---------------------------------------------------------158
Range, aircraft------------------------------------------- 91–92
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)-25–26,
247, 505
Reminder messages----------------------------------------- 44
Required Vertical Speed------------------------------------267
Required Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------267
Reversionary
Mode-------------------------------------------------------132
Sensor------------------------------------------------------469
Sensor window-------------------------------------------- 75
ROC---------------------------------------------------- 345, 483
RVSI---------------------------------------------------- 267, 268
RX indicator--------------------------------------------------- 99
S
INDEX
APPENDICES
SafeTaxi------------------------------------------ 383, 397, 400
SafeTaxi database-------------------------------------------401
SBAS---------------------------------------247, 248, 249, 505
Scheduler------------------------------ 44–45, 383–384, 448
Sector scan---------------------------------------------------328
Secure Digital (SD) card-------------------------11, 450, 487
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc----------------------------161
Selected course-------------------------------------------49, 59
Selected heading-----------------------------------------49, 59
Selecting a COM radio-------------------------------------- 98
Sensor------------------------------------------------- 468, 469
Sequencing, automatic-------------------------------------507
I-4
Simultaneous COM operation----------------------------125
SiriusXM
radio--------------------------------------------------------282
XM Satellite Weather
Activating-------------------------------------------------282
XM WX Satellite Weather-------------------------------282
NEXRAD---------------------------------------------------291
Slip/Skid indicator----------------------------------------48, 52
Softkeys------------------------------------------------------- 48
LTNG-------------------------------------------------------297
Speaker-------------------------------------------------------122
Splash screen, power-up------------------------------------ 12
STAB----------------------------------------------------------329
Standby database-------------------------------------------489
Standby frequency-------------------------------98, 101, 107
Standby frequency field------------------------------------- 98
Standby Navigation Database----------------------------491
Stereo headsets---------------------------------------------122
Stormscope--------------------------------------------------333
Stuck microphone-------------------------------------------130
Sunrise--------------------------------------------------------241
Sunset--------------------------------------------------------241
SUSP----------------------------------------------------------- 70
SVS------------------------------------------------------------482
SVS troubleshooting----------------------------------------459
Symbols, map------------------------------------------------511
Synthetic vision (SVS)------------------------------- 383, 384
System annunciations---------------------------16, 464, 470
System Display----------------------------------------------- 88
System message advisories--------------------------------472
System power-up-------------------------------------------- 12
System Setup Page------------------------------------- 33–39
System Status Page------------------------------------------ 39
System time--------------------------------------------------- 48
T
TA-------------------------------------------------------------467
TAF------------------------------------------------------------300
TAS----------------------322, 323, 325, 326, 327, 328, 478
TAWS-B-------------------------------------------------------483
ALERTS-----------------------------------------------------483
System Status Annunciations---------------------------484
Temperature, Interstage Turbine------------------ 87, 89, 91
Temperature, oil------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Terminal Procedures Charts------------------------ 404, 424
Terrain------------------------------------------------- 475, 483
Terrain awareness and warning system------------------ 77
Terrain-SVS---------------------------------------------------381
Tilt------------------------------------------------------ 325, 326
Tilt line--------------------------------------------------------326
Timer
Departure--------------------------------------------------- 42
Flight-------------------------------------------------------- 42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
INDEX
XM
Radio-------------------------------------------------------443
Receiver troubleshooting-------------------------------461
XM channel list----------------------------------------------445
XM radio entertainment-----------------------------------127
XM radio volume--------------------------------------------447
XM satellite radio------------------------------ 444, 445, 446
XM Satellite Radio---------------------------------------4, 443
XM service class---------------------------------------------444
XM WX Satellite Weather
AIREPs-----------------------------------------------------310
Icing--------------------------------------------------------308
PIREPs-----------------------------------------------------310
Turbulence-------------------------------------------------309
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
X
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
VDI----------------------------------------------------- 267, 268
Vertical deviation guidance-------------------------------226
Vertical Deviation Indicator-------------------------------267
Vertical navigation------------------------------------------225
Direct-to---------------------------------------------------224
Vertical scan------------------------------------------ 325, 326
Vertical speed guidance-----------------------------------226
Vertical speed indicator (VSI)--------------------------48, 57
Vertical track-------------------------------------------------467
VFR code-----------------------------------------------------121
Video system------------------------------------------------383
VNAV-------------------------------------------------- 190, 481
VNV-----------------------------------------------------------266
WAAS-------------------------------------------- 250, 476, 505
WARNING----------------------------------------------------464
Warning alerts-----------------------------------------------465
WATCH------------------------------------------------ 329, 330
Waypoint
Automatic sequencing--------------------------- 506, 507
Skipping---------------------------------------------------507
Waypoint Pages (WPT)-------------------------------------- 30
Waypoint Selection Submenu--- 187, 193, 194, 198, 247
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight--------------------329
Wind--------------------------------------------------- 136, 157
WIND Softkey------------------------------------------------305
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
V
W
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Unable to display chart----------------------------- 404, 424
Updating Garmin databases------------------------------401
Updating Jeppesen databases----------------------------421
EIS
U
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VNV guidance
Disabling--------------------------------------------------223
Enabling---------------------------------------------------223
VNV indications---------------------------------------------- 73
Voice alerts--------------------------------------------------465
Voice alerts, TIS Traffic---------------------------76, 356, 378
Voltmeter--------------------------------------------------87, 89
VOR
Nearest--------------------------------------------- 182–183
VOR selection------------------------------------------------107
VSI-------------------------------------------------------------268
Vspeed references------------------------------------------- 51
VS TGT------------------------------------------------- 225, 266
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Timer, PFD generic------------------------------------------- 40
TIS-------------------------------------------------------------352
TOD---------------------------------------------- 266, 267, 273
TOPO DATA------------------------------------- 145, 146, 155
Top of Descent--------------------------------------- 266, 267
TOPO SCALE-------------------------------------------------147
Torque------------------------------------------------ 87, 89, 91
Track indicator------------------------------------------------ 58
Traffic
Annunciation---------------------------------------------- 49
Traffic advisory----------------------------------------------322
Traffic Advisory (TA)----------------------------------------467
Traffic annunciation----------------------------------------- 76
Traffic Information Service (TIS)-------------------- 509–510
Voice alerts------------------------------------------------- 76
Transponder----------------------------------------------------- 3
Transponder data box--------------------------------------- 93
Transponder ground mode--------------------------------117
Transponder mode field----------------------- 117, 118, 119
Transponder softkeys---------------------------------------117
Transponder standby mode-------------------------------118
Transponder status box------------------------------------- 48
Trim--------------------------------------------------- 87, 89, 91
Trip Planning------------------------------------ 240, 241, 242
Trip Statistics--------------------------------------43, 241, 242
True Airspeed (TAS)------------------------------- 48, 50, 242
Turn anticipation--------------------------------------------507
Turn rate indicator---------------------------------------48, 61
TX indicator--------------------------------------------------- 99
Z
Zoom
Auto--------------------------------------------------------138
INDEX
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
I-5
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
Blank Page
I-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest KODIAK 100
190-00590-05 Rev. A
Untitled-1 1
11/13/2007 9:15:37 AM
G1000
®
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
®
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
www.garmin.com
Quest KODIAK 100
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
190-00590-05
Revision A
Quest KODIAK 100
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising